HEARTLAND BANCSHARES INC
DEFM14A, 1999-04-23
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: PRIMUS TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP INC, S-4, 1999-04-23
Next: EINSTEIN NOAH BAGEL CORP, 8-K, 1999-04-23



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

                           (Rule 14a-101)
              INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROXY STATEMENT


                      SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

          Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                         (Amendment No.   )


Filed by the Registrant  [X]

Filed by a Party other than the Registrant  [ ]

Check the appropriate box:

[ ]  Preliminary Proxy Statement
[ ]  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by
     Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
[X]  Definitive Proxy Statement
[ ]  Definitive Additional Materials
[ ]  Soliciting Material Pursuant to Rule 14a-11(c) or Rule 14a-12

                       HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.
            (Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

    (Name of Person Filing Proxy Statement if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

[ ]  No fee required

[X]  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11

     1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
          COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE
     2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
          832,833 OUTSTANDING SHARES PLUS 17,528 SHARES PURSUANT TO
          CANCELLATION OF OPTIONS
     3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed
        pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on
        which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was
        determined):
          $15.75 PER SHARE FOR 832,833 OUTSTANDING SHARES
          $1.75 PER SHARE FOR 17,528 SHARES PURSUANT TO
          CANCELLATION OF OPTIONS
     4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:  $13,147,794
     5) Total fee paid:  $3,655.09

[X]  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

[ ]  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act
     Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee
     was paid previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration
     statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

     1) Amount Previously Paid:
     2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
     3) Filing Party:
     4) Date Filed:
<PAGE>
<PAGE>


              [Heartland Bancshares, Inc. letterhead]


                          April 24, 1999




Dear Shareholder:

     You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of
Shareholders of Heartland Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") to be held at
the Auditorium of the Herrin Civic Center, 101 South 16th Street, Herrin,
Illinois, on Thursday, May 27, 1999 at 2:00 p.m., to consider and vote
upon a proposal to approve an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
December 23, 1998, pursuant to which the Company will be acquired by
Banterra Corp. Upon the closing of the merger, you will be entitled to
receive from Banterra a cash payment of $15.75 for each share of the
Company's Common Stock that you owned immediately prior to the Merger,
all as more fully described in the accompanying Notice of Special Meeting
of Shareholders and Proxy Statement. As a result of the merger, you will
no longer own any shares of common stock of the Company or any successor
to the Company.

     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY CAREFULLY CONSIDERED AND
UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AS BEING IN THE
BEST INTEREST OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS.  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
OF THE COMPANY UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE "FOR" THE PROPOSAL TO
APPROVE THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER. AN ABSTENTION OR FAILURE TO VOTE
                                          --------------------------------
IS THE EQUIVALENT OF VOTING AGAINST THE PROPOSED ACQUISITION.
- -------------------------------------------------------------

     Your vote is important, regardless of the number of shares you own.
ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, WE URGE YOU TO SIGN, DATE AND RETURN
THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, EVEN IF YOU CURRENTLY PLAN
TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING. This will not prevent you from voting in
person, but will assure that your vote is counted if you are unable to
attend the Special Meeting.

     UPON WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST, THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH A COPY OF THE
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER TO YOU, WITHOUT CHARGE AND BY FIRST CLASS
MAIL OR OTHER EQUALLY PROMPT MEANS. SUCH REQUESTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO
ROGER O. HILEMAN, 318 SOUTH PARK AVENUE, HERRIN, ILLINOIS 62948-3604,
TELEPHONE (618) 942-7373. IN ADDITION, A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF
MERGER WAS FILED AS AN EXHIBIT TO THE COMPANY'S CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K
FILED ON DECEMBER 30, 1998 (FILE NO. 000-28442). SHAREHOLDERS MAY ACCESS
THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER THROUGH THE WEBSITE OF THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AT http://www.sec.gov.


                            Sincerely,


                            /s/ Roger O. Hileman

                            Roger O. Hileman
                            President and Chief Executive Officer

     ** PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME **



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.
                        318 SOUTH PARK AVENUE
                     HERRIN, ILLINOIS 62948-3604
                           (618) 942-7373
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
              NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                      TO BE HELD ON MAY 27, 1999

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

      NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the
"Special Meeting") of Heartland Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") will be
held at the Auditorium of the Herrin Civic Center, 101 South 16th Street,
Herrin, Illinois, on Thursday, May 27, 1999 at 2:00 p.m., local time for the
purpose of considering and acting upon the following proposals:

1.   The approval of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
     December 23, 1998 (the "Agreement"), by and among Banterra Corp.
     ("Banterra"), Banterra Acquisitionco, Inc. ("Acquisitionco") and the
     Company, pursuant to which: (i) the Company will be acquired by
     Banterra by means of the merger of Acquisitionco, a wholly owned
     subsidiary of Banterra, with and into the Company (the "Merger")
     with the Company as the surviving corporation; (ii) each share of
     the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common
     Stock"), will be converted into the right to receive $15.75 in cash;
     and (iii) each holder of an option to acquire Common Stock will be
     entitled to receive $1.75 in cash multiplied by the number of shares
     covered by the option, under such terms and conditions as are
     described in detail in the enclosed Proxy Statement.

2.   The transaction of such other matters as may properly come before
     the Special Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

     Enclosed are the following items relating to the Special Meeting and
the Merger: (1) Proxy Statement; (2) Proxy Card; and (3) a pre-addressed
return envelope for the Proxy Card.

     Any action may be taken on any of the foregoing proposals at the
Special Meeting on the date specified above or on any date or dates to
which, by original or later adjournment, the Special Meeting may be
adjourned.  Pursuant to the Bylaws, the Board of Directors has fixed the
close of business on April 9, 1999 as the record date for determination
of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special
Meeting.

     Pursuant to Sections 11.65 and 11.70 of the Illinois Business
Corporation Act of 1983, as amended, each holder of the Company's Common
Stock will have the right to dissent from the Agreement and to demand a
determination of the fair value of such shareholder's shares in the event
the Agreement is approved and the Merger consummated.

     You are requested to complete and sign the enclosed form of proxy
which is solicited by the Board of Directors and to mail it promptly in the
enclosed envelope.  The proxy will not be used if you attend and vote at
the Special Meeting in person.

                              BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                              Dianne D. Sims
                              Secretary
Herrin, Illinois
April 24, 1999


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.
                       318 SOUTH PARK AVENUE
                    HERRIN, ILLINOIS  62948-3604

                         -----------------
                          PROXY STATEMENT
                         -----------------

                  SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                    TO BE HELD ON MAY 27, 1999

                            INTRODUCTION

      This Proxy Statement is furnished in connection with the
solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of Heartland Bancshares,
Inc. (the "Company") to be used at a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the
"Special Meeting") to be held at the Auditorium of the Herrin Civic Center,
Herrin, Illinois on Thursday, May 27, 1999 at 2:00 p.m., local time, and at any
adjournment or postponement thereof.  At the Special Meeting, shareholders
will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve an Agreement
and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 23, 1998 (the "Agreement"),
pursuant to which the Company will be acquired by Banterra Corp. ("Banterra").
Upon consummation of the merger (the "Merger"), each share of the common
stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company will
be cancelled and converted into the right to receive $15.75 per share in cash.
As a result of the Merger, shareholders of the Company will no longer hold
any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any successor to the Company.
Only shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 9, 1999
(the "Record Date") are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special
Meeting.  The accompanying Notice of Special Meeting and this Proxy Statement,
together with the enclosed proxy card, are being mailed to shareholders of
record on or about April 24, 1999.

      The Agreement and Plan of Merger provides for the acquisition of the
Company by Banterra by means of the merger of Banterra Acquisitionco, Inc.
("Acquisitionco"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Banterra, with and into the
Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation. As a result of the
Merger, the Company will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Banterra. The
Agreement provides that, at the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective
Time"), each share of the Company's Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior thereto (other than (i) treasury shares, (ii) shares of Common Stock
that are forfeitable and/or not fully vested and (iii) shares the holders
of which have perfected dissenters' rights of appraisal ("Dissenting
Shares")) will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive a cash
payment from Banterra equal to $15.75 (the "Merger Consideration").  The
last sale price for the Common Stock as reported in the National Daily
Quotation System "Pink Sheets" on December 18, 1998, the last business
day prior to the announcement of the signing of the Agreement on which
a sale occurred, was $12.25 per share.  The last reported sale price
of the Common Stock on April 21, 1999, the latest practicable date prior
to the mailing of this Proxy Statement, was $14.75 per share.  In
addition, at the Effective Time, all outstanding options issued pursuant
to the Heartland Bancshares, Inc. 1996 Stock Option and Incentive
Plan (the "Option Plan") that are outstanding and fully vested as of the
Effective Time (the "Issued Options") will be cancelled, and, in
consideration for such cancellation, each holder of an Issued Option will
be paid $1.75 multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
such Issued Option (the "Option Consideration").  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
BELIEVES THE MERGER IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY'S SHAREHOLDERS
AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE AGREEMENT.

      ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO
BANTERRA AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND ACQUISITIONCO HAS BEEN SUPPLIED BY
BANTERRA, AND ALL INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPANY AND HEARTLAND
NATIONAL BANK (THE "BANK") HAS BEEN SUPPLIED BY THE COMPANY.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPORTANT: THE PROMPT RETURN OF PROXIES WILL SAVE YOUR COMPANY THE EXPENSE
OF FURTHER REQUESTS FOR PROXIES IN ORDER TO ENSURE A QUORUM. AN ADDRESSED
ENVELOPE IS ENCLOSED FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED
IN THE UNITED STATES.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

       ** PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME **

            SHAREHOLDERS WILL BE GIVEN DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS FOR
               SURRENDERING THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES AS SOON
             AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE MERGER BECOMES EFFECTIVE.





                               - 2 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                     TABLE OF CONTENTS


SUMMARY                                                    4
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF HEARTLAND
 BANCSHARES, INC.                                         11
MEETING INFORMATION                                       12
   Date, Time and Place                                   12
   Voting Rights                                          12
   Voting and Revocation of Proxies                       12
   Solicitation of Proxies                                12
TERMS OF THE PROPOSED MERGER                              13
   General                                                13
   Background of the Merger                               13
   Description of the Merger                              15
   Vote Required                                          15
   Recommendation of the Board of Directors; Reasons
    for the Merger                                        15
   Opinion of Trident Financial Corporation               16
   Conditions to the Merger                               23
   Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger             24
   Effect on Employees and Certain Employee Benefit
    Plans                                                 26
   Exchange of Stock Certificates and Settlement of
    Issued Options                                        27
   Dissenters' Rights                                     27
   Effective Time                                         28
   Material Federal Income Tax Consequences               28
   No Solicitation                                        29
   Conduct of Business Pending the Merger                 30
   Representations and Warranties of the Company          33
   Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Banterra
    and Acquisitionco                                     34
   Termination of the Agreement; Termination Fee          36
   Waiver and Amendment                                   38
   Expenses                                               38
   Accounting Treatment                                   38
   Regulatory Approvals                                   38
   Business of Heartland Bancshares, Inc.                 38
   Business of Banterra Corp.                             39
   Business of Banterra Acquisitionco, Inc.               39
HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.                                40
   General                                                40
   Lending Activities                                     40
   Investment Activities                                  51
   Deposit Activity and Other Sources of Funds            55
   Subsidiary Activities                                  57
   Performance Ratios                                     57
   Competition                                            58
   Employees                                              58
   Properties                                             58
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION                                59
   General                                                59
   Certain Transactions with Affiliates                   59
   Payment of Dividends                                   59
   Capital Adequacy                                       59
   Support of the Bank                                    60
FIRREA and FDICIA                                         60
   Depositor Preference Statute                           61
   FDIC Insurance Assessments                             61
   Interstate Banking and Other Recent Legislation        61
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS                      62
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
 OWNERS                                                   75
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS                 77
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS                                   77
OTHER MATTERS                                             77
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS                                     77
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                79

ANNEXES

   Annex A - Opinion of Trident Financial
    Corporation                                          A-1
   Annex B - Dissenters' Rights Statute                  B-1

                              - 3 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                              SUMMARY

     The following is a brief summary of certain information regarding
the proposed Merger and related information contained elsewhere in this
Proxy Statement.  This summary does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information
contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.  Each shareholder is urged to
read this Proxy Statement in its entirety before casting his or her vote.

*    DESCRIPTION OF THE MERGER

          The Agreement provides for the acquisition of the Company by
     Banterra by means of the Merger. Following the closing of the Merger,
     shareholders of the Company will receive a cash payment from Banterra
     of $15.75 for each share of Common Stock that they owned immediately
     prior to the Merger. In addition, Issued Options will be cancelled
     and the holders of the options will receive $1.75 for each share of
     Common Stock covered by such Issued Options. Following the Merger,
     shareholders of the Company will no longer own any shares of
     Common Stock of the Company or any successor to the Company. As a
     result of the Merger, the Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary
     of Banterra. The Agreement has been approved and adopted by the
     Board of Directors of the Company, Banterra and Acquisitionco.

          The consideration to be received by shareholders of the
     Company and holders of Issued Options was determined in negotiations
     between the Company and Banterra with the assistance of the Company's
     financial advisor. For a general discussion of these negotiations, the
     factors considered by the Board of Directors of the Company in
     evaluating the Merger and the basis for the opinion of the Company's
     financial advisor that the Merger Consideration is fair to shareholders
     from a financial point of view, see "Terms of the Proposed Merger--
     Background of the Merger," "--Recommendation of the Board of Directors;
     Reasons for the Merger" and "--Opinion of Trident Financial Corporation."

*    INFORMATION RELATING TO THE SPECIAL MEETING

          The Special Meeting of Shareholders will be held on Thursday, May
     27, 1999 at 2:00 p.m., local time, at the Auditorium of the Herrin Civic
     Center, 101 South 16th Street, Herrin, Illinois.  At the Special Meeting,
     shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve
     the Agreement pursuant to which the Company will be acquired by Banterra
     by means of the merger of Acquisitionco with and into the Company. Only
     shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 9, 1999 (the
     "Record Date") are entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the
     Special Meeting.  See "Meeting Information."

          APPROVAL OF THE AGREEMENT REQUIRES THE AFFIRMATIVE VOTE OF THE
     HOLDERS OF AT LEAST TWO-THIRDS OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK.

*    VOTE REQUIRED

          Approval of the Agreement requires the affirmative vote of
     at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.  At
     the time of the execution of the Agreement, all of the directors
     of the Company executed voting agreements pursuant to which they
     have agreed to vote their shares of Common Stock in favor of
     approval of the Agreement.  As of the Record Date, directors and
     executive officers of the Company and their affiliates were the
     beneficial owners of 257,474 shares, or 29.36%, of the Common Stock
     outstanding at that date.  See "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Vote
     Required" and "-- Voting Agreements."


                               - 4 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
*    RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS; REASONS FOR THE MERGER

          The Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously
     approved the Agreement and determined that the Merger is in the
     best interests of the Company and its shareholders.  THE BOARD OF
     DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" THE
     PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE AGREEMENT.  In determining that the Merger
     is in the best interests of the Company's shareholders, the Board
     of Directors considered the following factors:

     *    The value being offered the Company's shareholders by
          Banterra in relation to the market value, book value and
          earnings per share of the Common Stock prior to announcement
          of the Merger;

     *    The future business prospects for the Company;

     *    The financial terms of other recent comparable business
          combinations;

     *    The solicitation and negotiation process preceding the
          Agreement;

     *    The value of the consideration to be received by the
          shareholders in relation to anticipated returns to
          shareholders through continued operation as an independent
          entity; and

     *    The opinion of the Company's financial advisor that the
          consideration to be received by the Company's shareholders
          is fair to the shareholders from a financial point of view.

          See "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Recommendation of the
     Board of Directors; Reasons for the Merger."

*    OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR


          The Board of Directors retained Trident Financial
     Corporation ("Trident") to render financial advisory services to
     the Company.  The Board of Directors requested that Trident render
     its opinion (the "Opinion") with respect to the fairness, from a
     financial point of view, to the Company's shareholders of the
     consideration to be received in the Merger.  Trident rendered its
     Opinion to the Board on December 23, 1998.  Trident concluded
     that, from a financial point of view, the consideration to be
     offered in the Merger was fair to the shareholders of the Company.
     The Opinion has been updated and confirmed as of the date of this
     Proxy Statement.  The Opinion sets forth a description of the
     assumptions made and matters considered by Trident and contains
     certain limitations and qualifications.  A copy of the Opinion is
     attached as Annex A to this Proxy Statement, and the description
                 -------
     in this Proxy Statement is qualified in its entirety by reference
     to the attached Opinion.  For additional information, see "Terms
     of the Proposed Merger -- Opinion of Trident Financial
     Corporation" and the Opinion attached hereto as Annex A.
                                                     -------

*    CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

          The Agreement includes a number of conditions which must be
     satisfied before the Merger may be consummated, including the
     approval of the Agreement by the required vote of the Company's
     shareholders and the receipt of all governmental approvals
     required by the Agreement.  The Board of Governors of the Federal
     Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") and the Office of Thrift
     Supervision (the "OTS") have approved Banterra's applications to
     acquire the Company and the Bank.



                               - 5 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          If the shareholders do not approve the Agreement, the Merger
     cannot be consummated. While no definitive plans have been
     formulated as to what course of action would be pursued in the
     event shareholder approval is not obtained, the Board of Directors
     presently intends to continue the operation of the Company as an
     independent entity.

          The material conditions to the Merger are more fully
     described in other sections of this Proxy Statement.  See "Terms
     of the Proposed Merger -- Conditions to the Merger."

*    INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER

          Certain members of the Company's Board of Directors and its
     officers and employees have interests in the Merger in addition to
     their interests as shareholders of the Company generally.  The
     material interests of such persons are summarized below and under
     "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Interests of Certain Persons in
     the Merger" and "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Effect on
     Employees and Certain Employee Benefit Plans."

          The Agreement provides that Roger O. Hileman, the President
     and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, will receive a change
     in control payment under his current employment agreement as a
     result of the Merger in the approximate amount of $310,000.  In
     addition, Mr. Hileman has agreed to serve as a vice president and
     retail officer for Banterra Bank at a salary of $50,000 per
     year following the Merger.  With respect to the employee benefit
     plans of Banterra, Mr. Hileman will be given service credit for
     all of his service with the Company and the Bank.

          As a result of the Merger, each holder of an Issued Option
     will receive $1.75 for each share of Common Stock subject to such
     Issued Option.  Roger Hileman is expected to receive $15,344 in
     exchange for his Issued Options.  Paul Calcaterra, B.D. Cross,
     Charles Stevens, James Walker and Randall Youngblood, each of whom
     is a director of the Company, each is expected to receive $3,066
     in exchange for his Issued Options.

          The Company is required to terminate the employee stock
     ownership plan (the "ESOP") as of the Effective Time.  Upon the
     termination of the ESOP, Roger Hileman will receive an ESOP
     distribution of approximately $159,921.

          The Agreement also contains provisions for indemnification
     of directors and officers of the Company, as well as provisions
     for the maintenance of directors' and officers' liability
     insurance.  See "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Interests of
     Certain Persons in the Merger."

*    EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES

          It is currently anticipated that Union Planters Bank,
     National Association will serve as Exchange Agent (the "Exchange
     Agent") to receive stock certificates of the Company and to send
     cash payments to the shareholders of the Company.  Within five
     business days after the closing date of the merger (the "Closing
     Date"), the Exchange Agent will send a notice and a form of letter
     of transmittal ("Letter of Transmittal") to each shareholder which
     will describe the procedures for surrendering stock certificate(s)
     in exchange for the Merger Consideration.  Upon receipt of the
     certificate(s) and properly completed Letters of Transmittal, the
     Exchange Agent will make the appropriate cash payment.  The
     Exchange Agent also will send a Letter of Transmittal to each
     holder of an Issued Option which will describe the procedures for
     obtaining the Option Consideration for such Issued Option.  See
     "Terms of the Proposed Merger  -- Exchange of Stock Certificates
     and Settlement of Issued Options."

          PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME.


                               - 6 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
*    DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

          Under Illinois law, dissenters' rights of appraisal are
     available to shareholders of the Company who comply with the
     statutory procedures for requesting appraisal in connection with
     the Merger.  AMONG OTHER REQUIREMENTS, SHAREHOLDERS DESIRING TO
     EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL MUST MAKE A WRITTEN DEMAND FOR
     APPRAISAL PRIOR TO THE SHAREHOLDER VOTE ON THE AGREEMENT.  A VOTE
     AGAINST THE MERGER WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A WRITTEN DEMAND.
     SHAREHOLDERS WHO RETURN AN EXECUTED BLANK PROXY WILL BE DEEMED TO
     HAVE VOTED IN FAVOR OF THE AGREEMENT AND TO HAVE WAIVED THEIR
     DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL.  See "Terms of the Proposed
     Merger -- Dissenters' Rights."

*    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

          All shareholders should read carefully the discussion in
     "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Material Federal Income Tax
     Consequences" and other sections of this Proxy Statement.
     Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the
     specific consequences to them of the Merger under applicable tax
     laws.

          The receipt of cash by a shareholder of the Company in
     exchange for shares of the Common Stock pursuant to the Merger
     will be a taxable transaction to such shareholder for federal
     income tax purposes.  In general, a shareholder who receives cash
     in the Merger in exchange for shares of Common Stock will
     recognize gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between
     (i) the cash payment of $15.75 per share received from Banterra in
     exchange for the shares of the Common Stock and (ii) the
     shareholder's tax basis in such shares of Common Stock.  See
     "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Material Federal Income Tax
     Consequences."

*    NO SOLICITATION

          The Agreement contains provisions that may have the effect
     of discouraging competing offers to acquire or merge with the
     Company.  The Agreement provides that the Company and its
     subsidiaries will not permit any of their respective officers,
     directors, employees or agents to hold discussions with or provide
     any information to any person in connection with any proposal for
     the acquisition of all or any substantial portion of the business,
     assets, shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company
     or the Bank, or any merger of the Company or the Bank with any
     person, subject to the fiduciary duties of the directors of the
     Company and its subsidiaries.  The Company is obligated to
     promptly inform Banterra of its receipt of any such proposal, the
     substance of such proposal and the identity of such person.

          The Agreement further provides that, in certain circumstances,
     the Company would be obligated to pay to Banterra a termination fee
     equal to $450,000 if the Agreement is terminated by Banterra due to
     the occurrence of any of the following events:

     *    any person shall have acquired thirty-five percent (35%) or
          more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock;

     *    the expiration date of a tender or exchange offer by any
          person, if upon consummation of such offer, such person
          would own, control or have the right to acquire more than
          thirty-five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding
          shares of Common Stock; or


                               - 7 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    the signing by the Company of a definitive agreement with a
          person for such person to acquire, merge or consolidate with
          the Company or to acquire all or substantially all of the
          Company's assets or more than thirty-five percent (35%) of
          the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

     See "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- No Solicitation."

*    TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

          The Agreement may be terminated at any time before the
     closing of the Merger (the "Closing"), whether before or after
     approval by the shareholders of the Company, in a number of
     circumstances, including the following (the term "Party" shall
     mean the Company and the Bank, on the one hand, and Banterra and
     Acquisitionco, on the other hand, and the term "Parties" shall
     mean the Company, the Bank, Banterra and Acquisitionco):

     *    by written agreement of the Parties;

     *    at the election of either Party if the Closing shall not
          have occurred on or before September 23, 1999;

     *    by the non-breaching Party if there is a breach of the
          agreement by the other Party, which breach is not cured
          within 30 days after written notice;

     *    by either Party if any of the conditions of the Agreement
          are not satisfied or waived on or prior to the Closing Date
          and any applicable cure period has lapsed;

     *    upon the final denial by any applicable regulatory authority
          of any required regulatory application;

     *    by either Party if the shareholders of the Company do not
          approve the Agreement;

     *    by Banterra if the Board of Directors of the Company does
          not approve the Agreement; and

     *    by Banterra if certain third parties should acquire, or have
          the right to acquire, 35% or more of the outstanding shares
          of Common Stock.

          In the event the Agreement is terminated by Banterra, the
     Company may be obligated to pay a termination fee to Banterra.
     For additional information, see "Terms of the Proposed Merger --
     Termination of the Agreement; Termination Fee."

*    ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

          The Company has been advised by Banterra that the Merger
     will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting as
     required by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 Business
     Combinations.  See "Terms of the Proposed Merger -- Accounting
     Treatment."

*    BUSINESS OF HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.

          The Company, an Illinois corporation, was organized in 1996 to serve
     as the holding company for the Bank.  The Company's principal business is
     that of overseeing the business of the Bank.  The Company has no
     significant assets other than its investment in the Bank, a loan to the
     ESOP and certain

                              - 8 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
      cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.  At December 31,
      1998, on a consolidated basis, the Company reported total assets of
      $63.3 million, total loans of $36.4 million, total investment and
      mortgage-backed securities of $11.3 million, total deposits of $51.4
      million and shareholders' equity of $11.3 million.

            The Bank is a national banking association operating through offices
      in Herrin and Carterville, Illinois, serving Williamson, Franklin and
      Jackson Counties in southeastern Illinois. The principal business of the
      Bank historically has consisted of attracting deposits from the general
      public and investing these deposits in loans secured by first mortgages on
      single-family residences in the Bank's market area.  The Bank derives its
      income principally from interest earned on loans and, to a lesser extent,
      interest earned on mortgage-backed and related securities and investment
      securities and noninterest income.  Funds for these activities are
      provided principally by operating revenues, deposits and repayments of
      outstanding loans and mortgage-backed and related securities.

            The Bank is the successor to First Federal Savings and Loan
      Association of Herrin (the "Association"). The Association converted to a
      national banking association (the "Bank Conversion") immediately following
      its conversion to stock form (the "Stock Conversion" and, together with
      the Bank Conversion, the "Conversion") which was consummated on June 28,
      1996. As part of the Stock Conversion, the Association became a wholly
      owned subsidiary of the Company, which acquired all of the Association's
      newly issued capital stock with the proceeds from a public offering of the
      Company's Common Stock.

            As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and
      subject to regulation and examination by, the Federal Reserve.  The Bank
      is subject to comprehensive examination, supervision and regulation by the
      Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC").  Because the Bank
      was formerly chartered as a savings association, the Bank's deposits are
      insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF") of the
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") up to the applicable
      limits for each depositor.

            The executive offices of the Company are located at 318 South Park
      Avenue, Herrin, Illinois 62948-3604 and its main telephone number is
      (618) 942-7373.

*     BUSINESS OF BANTERRA CORP.

            Banterra, an Illinois corporation, was organized in 1981 to serve as
      the holding company for its banking subsidiary, Banterra Bank.  At
      December 31, 1998, on a consolidated basis, Banterra and Banterra Bank
      reported total assets of $549.1 million, total deposits of $500.0 million
      and total shareholders' equity of $54.2 million.

            Banterra Bank, which operates 14 banking offices in Illinois and
      Kentucky, is engaged in the general banking business of accepting funds
      for deposit, making loans, renting safe deposit boxes and performing such
      other banking services as are usual and customary of banks of similar size
      and character.

            The business of Banterra consists primarily of the ownership,
      supervision and control of Banterra Bank and Banterra Bank's wholly owned
      subsidiary, Banterra Insurance, Inc. ("Banterra Insurance").  In addition
      to customary banking services, Banterra Bank provides mortgage loan
      servicing and offers lending through its Small Business Lending Center.
      Banterra Insurance offers all lines of insurance, mutual funds and fixed
      and variable annuities.


                               - 9 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
            The executive offices of Banterra are located at U.S. Route 45
      South, Eldorado, Illinois  62930, and its main telephone number is (618)
      273-9346.

*     BUSINESS OF BANTERRA ACQUISITIONCO, INC.

            Acquisitionco is an Illinois corporation and a wholly owned
      subsidiary of Banterra.  Acquisitionco has conducted no business
      operations and was formed solely to consummate the Merger.

            The executive offices of Acquisitionco are located at U.S. Route 45
      South, Eldorado, Illinois  62930, and its main telephone number is (618)
      273-9346.


                              - 10 -


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.

      The following table presents selected consolidated financial
information for the Company at the dates and for the periods indicated.
This information is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the
Company's consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AS OF OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1998          1997         1996<F2>       1995<F2>     1994<F2>
                                                 ----          ----         --------       --------     --------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Assets                                        $ 63,325       $ 67,461       $ 65,856       $ 61,309     $ 59,032
Loans receivable, net                           36,382         46,307         41,466         35,060       27,294
Cash and interest-bearing deposits in other
 depository institutions                        13,581          5,065          2,165          5,244        6,238
Investments securities                           6,432          7,341         11,138          9,222       13,274
Mortgage-backed securities                       4,912          6,986          9,477         10,463       10,930
Deposits                                        51,417         54,022         52,832         55,632       53,600
Total shareholders' equity                      11,295         12,145         12,616          4,750        4,803

OPERATING DATA:
Interest income                               $  4,447       $  4,738       $  4,431       $  4,007     $  3,835
Interest expense                                 2,547          2,665          2,719          2,629        2,353
Net interest income                              1,900          2,073          1,712          1,378        1,482
Provision for loan losses                          106            156              5            200           --
Net interest income after provision for
 loan losses                                     1,794          1,917          1,707          1,178        1,482
Other income                                       187            194            211            233          271
Other expense                                    2,213          1,893          1,841          1,213        1,002
Income before income taxes                        (232)           218             77            198          751
Income tax expense (benefit)                       (99)            55           (452)           495          284
Net income (loss)                                 (133)           163            529           (297)         467

PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
Return on average assets                         (0.21)%         0.24%          0.81%         (0.50)%       0.78%
Return on average equity                         (1.14)          1.33           5.69          (5.87)        9.76
Net interest margin                               2.95           3.10           2.62           2.25         2.46
Interest rate spread                              2.34           2.41           2.16           2.11         2.31
Dividend payout ratio <F1>                     (179.70)        200.00          30.43            N/A          N/A
Ratio of average interest-earning assets
 to average interest-bearing liabilities        118.60x        119.63x        113.33x        106.47x      106.21x

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
Nonperforming assets to total assets              1.24%          1.27%          0.95%          0.93%        0.26%
90-day past-due loans to total loans              1.36           1.34           1.19           1.63         0.56
Allowance for loan losses to total loans          1.02           0.86           0.72           0.86         0.36
Allowance for loan losses to 90-day past-due
 loans                                           75.46          64.62          60.85          52.63        65.36
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding      0.21           0.12           0.01             --           --

CAPITAL RATIOS:
Average equity to average assets                 18.03          18.35          14.20           8.48         7.94
Tangible capital (Bank only)                     15.65          14.48          14.71           7.72         8.35
Core capital (Bank only)                         15.65          14.48          14.71           7.72         8.35
Total risk-based capital (Bank only)             31.55          28.12          32.04          20.52        25.27

PER SHARE DATA:
Basic earnings per share                      $   (.17)      $   0.20       $   0.45       $    N/A     $    N/A
Dividends per share                                .30            .40            .20            N/A          N/A
Book value per share <F1>                        12.27          12.59          14.39            N/A          N/A

<FN>
- -------------
<F1> For purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that all options have
     been exercised and shares held by the Company's management recognition
     plans (the "MRP") and the ESOP are treated as fully vested and outstanding.

<F2> The above data reflects the operations of the Association only for
     periods prior to June 28, 1996 (the date of Conversion).  Prior to that
     date, no stock was outstanding.
</TABLE>

                                    - 11 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEETING INFORMATION

DATE, TIME AND PLACE

      The Special Meeting will be held on Thursday, May 27, 1999 at
2:00 p.m., local time, at the Auditorium of the Herrin Civic Center,
101 South 16th Street, Herrin, Illinois.

VOTING RIGHTS

      The securities entitled to vote at the Special Meeting consist of
the Common Stock.  Shareholders of record as of the close of business on
the Record Date are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock
then held.  The presence, either in person or by proxy, of at least one-
third of the outstanding Common Stock is required for a quorum.  As of the
Record Date, the Company had 876,875 shares of Common Stock issued and
outstanding, including shares held by certain employee benefit plans of the
Company and the Bank. At that date, such shares were held of record by
approximately 250 shareholders.

VOTING AND REVOCATION OF PROXIES

      SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK REPRESENTED BY PROPERLY EXECUTED PROXIES
WILL BE VOTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS INDICATED ON THE PROXIES
OR, IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE INDICATED, WILL BE VOTED "FOR" THE PROPOSAL TO
APPROVE THE AGREEMENT.  The proxy confers discretionary authority on the
persons named therein to vote with respect to matters incident to the
conduct of the Special Meeting.  If any other business is presented at the
Special Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, properly
executed proxies will be voted by those named therein in accordance with
the determination of a majority of the Board of Directors.  In the event
there are insufficient votes represented, in person or by proxy, at the
Special Meeting to approve the Agreement, the persons named as proxies may
vote for one or more adjournments of the Special Meeting to permit
solicitation of additional proxies; provided, however, that no proxy which
is voted against the Agreement will be voted in favor of such adjournment.
Proxies marked as abstentions will not be counted as votes cast.  In
addition, shares held in street name which have been designated by brokers
on proxy cards as not voted will not be counted as votes cast.  Proxies
marked as abstentions or as broker "non-votes," however, will be treated as
shares present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present.

      Shareholders who execute proxies in the form solicited hereby will
retain the right to revoke their proxies at any time before the Special
Meeting.  A shareholder may revoke a proxy by filing a written notice of
revocation with, or delivering a duly executed proxy bearing a later date
to, the Secretary of the Company at the Company's main office address at
any time before the Special Meeting.  Shareholders also may revoke proxies
by delivering a duly executed proxy bearing a later date to the Inspector
of Election at the Special Meeting or by attending the Special Meeting and
casting a contrary vote.  The presence of a shareholder at the Special
Meeting alone will not automatically revoke the shareholder's proxy.

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

      The Company will bear the cost of solicitation of proxies.  Proxies
will be solicited by mail. In addition to solicitations by mail, proxies
also may be solicited by officers and regular employees of the Company and
its subsidiaries personally or by telephone, but such persons will not be
specifically compensated for such services.  Brokerage houses, custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries will be requested to forward the soliciting
material to the beneficial owners of stock held of record by such persons
and will be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection
therewith.

                               - 12 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    TERMS OF THE PROPOSED MERGER

      The following is a description of the material terms of the Agreement.
This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Agreement.  The Company, upon written or oral
request, will furnish a copy of the Agreement, without charge and by first
class mail or other equally prompt means, to any person who receives a copy
of this Proxy Statement.  Such requests should be directed to Roger O. Hileman,
318 South Park Avenue, Herrin, Illinois 62948-3604, telephone (618) 942-7373.
In addition, a copy of the Agreement was filed as an exhibit to the Company's
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 1998 (File No. 000-28442).
Shareholders may access the Agreement through the website of the Securities and
Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

GENERAL

      On December 23, 1998, the Company, Banterra and Acquisitionco
entered into the Agreement, which provides for the acquisition of the
Company by Banterra by means of the Merger, with the Company surviving the
Merger and thereupon becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Banterra.
Pursuant to the Agreement, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain
conditions precedent, including receipt of all required regulatory
approvals, the approval by the holders of the Common Stock and the
satisfaction or waiver of a number of other conditions, each outstanding
share of the Company's Common Stock (other than (i) treasury shares, (ii)
shares of Common Stock that are forfeitable and/or not fully vested,
(iii) Dissenting Shares and (iv) shares awarded pursuant to the MRP which
are not fully vested as of the Closing Date) will be converted into the
right to receive $15.75 in cash.  In addition, each holder of Issued Options
will be entitled to receive $1.75 in cash multiplied by the number of shares
covered by such Issued Options.  See "-- Description of the Merger."

      The aggregate purchase price to be paid by Banterra for the Common
Stock in the Merger is approximately $13.1 million (including the cash-out
of Issued Options).  Banterra has represented that it will have the
financial capability at the Effective Time of the Merger to pay for the
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Agreement.

      APPROVAL OF THE AGREEMENT REQUIRES THE AFFIRMATIVE VOTE OF AT LEAST
TWO-THIRDS OF ALL VOTES ENTITLED TO BE CAST BY THE HOLDERS OF THE COMMON
STOCK.

BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER

      On June 28, 1996, First Federal Savings and Loan Association of
Herrin converted from a federal mutual savings and loan association to a
federal stock savings and loan association and then to a national banking
association known as Heartland National Bank.  Simultaneously, the Company
was formed to act as the holding company of the Bank.

      Prior to the 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, held April 24, 1997,
Mr. Barrett Rochman proposed himself and Mr. Chuck Decker as nominees for the
Board of Directors and also proposed a resolution calling on the Board, among
other things, to examine the feasibility of a sale of the Company.  Messrs.
Rochman and Decker were not elected and the resolution was defeated.

      During 1997 and early 1998, representatives of the Company met
informally with representatives of Banterra several times to discuss
Banterra's interest in acquiring the Company.  A purchase price for the
Common Stock of the Company was not discussed at that time.  The
representatives of the Company communicated the discussions with Banterra
to the Board of Directors of the Company.

      During February and March 1998, the Board retained Ferguson &
Company, a nationally recognized bank consulting firm, to assist the Board
in preparing a strategic plan to look at the Company's long range

                              - 13 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

prospects and to devise a plan to achieve a higher rate of return and a lower
cost of funds. After a review of the plan, the Board determined that the Company
would not be able to achieve an acceptable rate of return based on the
excess capital position of the Company.

      In connection with the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, held May
7, 1998, Mr. Rochman solicited proxies in opposition to the Board of
Directors. He proposed himself and Mr. David Burns as nominees for the Board
of Directors and also proposed a resolution calling on the Board, among other
things, to engage the services of an investment banking firm or other
appropriate consultant that specializes in financial institutions to make
recommendations to the Board of Directors as to specific actions designed
to improve earnings and enhance shareholder value.

      In connection with the voting at the 1998 Annual Meeting, the
Board of Directors invoked Article XIV of the Company's Articles of
Incorporation.  Article XIV prohibits the acquisition of more than 10% of
any class of equity security within five years of the conversion (without
the approval of the Company's Board of Directors). Pursuant to this action,
certain shares for which Mr. Rochman held proxies were disqualified. As a
result, a lawsuit was filed against the Company challenging the Board's
decision to invoke Article XIV.

      In June 1998, the Board decided to retain an independent financial
advisor to advise it with regard to strategic alternatives.  Accordingly,
the Company engaged Trident to perform a valuation analysis of the Company
in an acquisition context.  On July 15, 1998, Trident presented its
valuation report to the Board of Directors. Based on Trident's report,
the Board decided to solicit offers for the acquisition of the Company.

      The Board of Directors authorized Trident to explore the interest of
certain financial institutions in engaging in discussions concerning a
possible acquisition and, in conjunction therewith, to prepare and provide
an information statement regarding the Company to certain institutions.
Several institutions expressed an interest in conducting discussions with
the Company. The most favorable responses came from Banterra and one other
bank.  After further discussion, the Board decided to focus on completing a
transaction with Banterra because Banterra offered the highest purchase
price for the Company.

      In November 1998, the lawsuit against the Company challenging the
application of Article XIV at the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
was settled prior to trial. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Mr. Rochman,
Mr. Burns and Mr. James Cripps were appointed to newly created positions on
the Board of Directors.

      During late 1998, Banterra and the Company had several discussions
concerning the possible purchase price for the Common Stock of the Company.
It was ultimately agreed that Banterra would acquire the Common Stock of
the Company for a purchase price of $15.75 per share.

      On December 23, 1998, a definitive agreement was reached between
Banterra and the Company.  At that time, the Board of Directors held a
meeting at which it reviewed the terms of the Agreement. Representatives
of Trident and the Company's legal counsel were available for questions.
The Board considered, among other things, the following:  (a) the value
and medium of payment being offered the Company's shareholders by
Banterra in relation to the book value and earnings per share of the
Company's Common Stock; (b) information concerning the business and
financial condition of Banterra; (c) the competitive environment for
financial institutions generally; (d) the financial terms of other recent
business combinations in the local financial services industry;  (e) the
fact that the consideration to be received in the Merger by the Company's
shareholders reflected a premium for the Company's Common Stock over the
values at which it has recently traded in the market; and (f) the
Opinion from Trident that the consideration to be received in the Merger
is fair to the shareholders of the Company from a financial point of
view.  No one item was deemed more important than any other item.  In
light of the foregoing factors, the Board of Directors of the Company
unanimously approved the Agreement and the Merger.  The Agreement was
executed by the parties on December 23, 1998.


                              - 14 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE MERGER

      Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Banterra will acquire the
Company through the Merger in accordance with the Agreement and
applicable provisions of Illinois law. The Company shall be the
Surviving Corporation and, as a result of the Merger, will become a
wholly owned subsidiary of Banterra. The Merger will become effective
and the separate corporate existence of Acquisitionco shall cease at the
Effective Time. Each share of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior
to the Effective Time (other than (i) treasury shares, (ii) shares of
Common Stock not fully vested and nonforfeitable and (iii) Dissenting
Shares) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action by
the holder thereof, be cancelled and converted into and represent the
right to receive the Merger Consideration. In addition, at the Effective
Time, each Issued Option will be cancelled, and each holder thereof will
receive the Option Consideration. Each share of common stock, $1.00 par
value per share, of Acquisitionco (the "Acquisitionco Common Stock")
which is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time
shall by virtue of the Merger, be converted into and become one validly
issued and outstanding share of common stock of the Surviving
Corporation. Following the Effective Time, there shall be no further
registration or transfer on the records of the Company of shares of
Common Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time.

VOTE REQUIRED

      Under Illinois law, approval of the Agreement requires the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Company. Concurrent with the execution of the
Agreement, all of the directors of the Company executed voting
agreements pursuant to which they have agreed to vote all of the shares
beneficially owned by them in favor of the proposal to approve the
Agreement.  As of the Record Date, 257,474 shares, or 29.36% of the
Common Stock outstanding at that date, were covered by such voting
agreements.

RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS; REASONS FOR THE MERGER

      THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY DETERMINED THAT THE MERGER
IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE
AGREEMENT. In determining that the Merger is in the best interests of
the Company's shareholders, the Board of Directors, in consultation with
its legal and financial advisors, considered numerous factors including,
but not limited to, the following:

      (i)  The value being offered the Company's shareholders by
Banterra in relation to the market value, book value and earnings per
share of the Common Stock prior to announcement of the Merger.  The
Board of Directors believes that the Merger Consideration to be received
by shareholders will provide the Company's shareholders with an
immediate premium for their shares.  Although Trident's initial analyses
indicated that the value of the Common Stock of the Company was in
excess of $15.75 per share, upon further review by Trident, the Board of
Directors concluded that the price of $15.75 per share was in fact a
premium for the Company's Common Stock.  Among the factors considered by
Trident in making its valuation determination were the following:  the
lack of interest in the Company by potential acquirors; the
deterioration in the securities markets generally; a deterioration in
the Company's financial condition; and the Company's operating loss
during the fourth quarter of 1998.

      (ii) The future business prospects for the Company. Based on the
competitive environment for financial institutions generally and for
bank holding companies in its market area, the Board of Directors
believes that the future business prospects for the Company as an
independent bank holding company are unfavorable.


                              - 15 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
      (iii) The financial terms of other recent comparable business
combinations.  The Board of Directors believes that the financial terms
of the Merger are comparable to the financial terms of other recent
business combinations in the financial services industry for comparably
situated institutions.


      (iv)  The solicitation and negotiation process preceding the
Agreement.  The terms of the Merger reflect extensive arm's length
negotiations between the parties after a thorough canvass of the market.
The Board of Directors believes that the financial institutions most
likely to bid on the Company were identified and given an opportunity to
express their interest in an affiliation before negotiations with
Banterra began.

      (v)   The value of the Merger Consideration in relation to
anticipated returns to shareholders through continued operation as an
independent entity.  With the assistance of its financial advisor, the
Board of Directors has analyzed a variety of operating strategies as an
independent entity, including continued operation of the Company in its
current manner.  In each case considered, however, the expected returns
to shareholders from implementation of these strategies after a three-
year period were lower than the Merger Consideration.

      (vi)  The opinion of the Company's financial advisor that the
consideration to be received by the Company's shareholders is fair to
such shareholders from a financial point of view.  In determining
whether to enter into the Agreement, the Board of Directors has received
an opinion from its financial advisor that the Merger Consideration was
fair to shareholders from a financial point of view.  The Company's
financial advisor has confirmed this opinion as of the date of mailing
of this Proxy Statement.  See "-- Opinion of Financial Advisor."

      In its deliberations, the Board of Directors discussed a variety
of other matters related to the Merger but believes that the foregoing
factors represent the material factors considered in the Board's
collective determination that the Merger is in the best interest of the
Company's shareholders.  The Board of Directors did not quantify or otherwise
attempt to assign relative weights to the factors considered in making
its determination and does not believe that any single factor discussed
above was given greater weight than any other factor.  Having considered
all of the foregoing, however, the Board of Directors determined that
the Merger is in the best interest of shareholders and unanimously
recommends that shareholders vote for the proposal to approve the
Agreement.

      THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE
SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY VOTE "FOR" THE PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE
AGREEMENT.

OPINION OF TRIDENT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

      The Company retained Trident to act as its financial advisor and to
render a fairness opinion in connection with a possible merger.  In June
1998, Trident was engaged to perform a valuation analysis of the Company in
an acquisition context and to advise the Board of Directors with regard to
strategic alternatives. On July 15, 1998, Trident presented its valuation
report (the "Valuation Report") to the Board of Directors.

      On December 23, 1998, Trident met with the Company's Board of
Directors to review the proposed terms of the Agreement.  At that time,
Trident presented a report (the "Fairness Opinion Report") to the Company's
Board of Directors summarizing the financial terms of the Merger and
providing updated market information with respect to thrift mergers and
acquisitions.  In its analyses, even though the Bank operates under a
commercial bank charter, Trident chose to compare the Company to a thrift
due to the fact that the Company's balance sheet and profitability more
resembled that of a thrift.  In addition, Trident rendered its written
Opinion to the Company's Board of Directors to the effect that, as of that
date, the consideration to be received by the Company's shareholders
pursuant to the Agreement was fair to them from a financial point of view.
The financial fairness standard employed by Trident in rendering its
Opinion was whether such consideration was within the range of the economic
values of


                              - 16 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
consideration that companies having the characteristics of the Company and
Banterra might negotiate in comparable circumstances, not whether the
consideration proposed in the Agreement is at or approaching the higher end
of such range.

      Trident confirmed and delivered its Opinion to the Company's Board
of Directors as of the date of this Proxy Statement that the consideration
to be received by the shareholders of the Company in the Merger is fair
from a financial point of view, as of such date. A copy of the Opinion,
which sets forth certain assumptions made, matters considered and
limitations on the reviews undertaken, is attached to this Proxy Statement
as Annex A.  Trident has consented to the inclusion of such Opinion and
   -------
summaries of the Valuation Report and Fairness Opinion Report in this Proxy
Statement.

      TRIDENT'S OPINION IS DIRECTED TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE
COMPANY AND IS DIRECTED ONLY TO THE FAIRNESS, FROM A FINANCIAL POINT OF
VIEW, OF THE CONSIDERATION TO BE RECEIVED BY THE COMPANY'S SHAREHOLDERS
BASED ON CONDITIONS AS THEY EXISTED AND COULD BE EVALUATED AS OF THE DATE
OF THE OPINION.  TRIDENT'S OPINION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION TO
ANY COMPANY SHAREHOLDER AS TO HOW SUCH SHAREHOLDER SHOULD VOTE AT THE
SPECIAL MEETING, NOR DOES TRIDENT'S OPINION ADDRESS THE UNDERLYING BUSINESS
DECISION TO EFFECT THE MERGER.  THIS SUMMARY OF TRIDENT'S OPINION IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF SUCH OPINION,
WHICH IS ATTACHED TO THIS PROXY STATEMENT AS ANNEX A.  SHAREHOLDERS ARE
                                             -------
URGED TO READ TRIDENT'S OPINION IN ITS ENTIRETY FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE
ASSUMPTIONS MADE AND MATTERS CONSIDERED AND THE LIMITS ON THE REVIEW
UNDERTAKEN IN RENDERING SUCH OPINION.

      In connection with rendering its Opinion, Trident reviewed and
analyzed, among other things, the following:

      *   the Agreement;

      *   this Proxy Statement;

      *   certain publicly available information concerning the Company,
          including the audited financial statements of the Company for
          each of the years in the four-year period ended December 31, 1998;

      *   certain other internal information, primarily financial in nature,
          concerning the business and operations of the Company furnished to
          Trident by the Company for purposes of Trident's analysis;

      *   information with respect to the trading market for the Company
          Common Stock;

      *   certain publicly available information with respect to other
          companies that Trident believed to be comparable to the Company
          and the trading markets for such other companies' securities; and

      *   certain publicly available information concerning the nature and
          terms of other transactions that Trident considered relevant to its
          inquiry. Trident also met with certain officers and employees of the
          Company to discuss the foregoing, as well as other matters which it
          believed relevant to its inquiry. No limitations were imposed by
          either the Company or its Board or management with respect to the
          investigation made or procedures followed by Trident.


                              - 17 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
      In its review and analysis and in arriving at its Opinion, Trident
assumed and relied upon the accuracy and completeness of all of the
financial and other information provided to it by the Company, or that was
publicly available, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of
the officers and the employees of the Company with whom Trident held
discussions and the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
Company in the Agreement, and did not attempt independently to verify any
such information. Trident further assumed that there are no conditions in
the regulatory approvals of the Agreement that will have a material adverse
effect upon the contemplated economic benefits of the Merger.  The
financial information provided to Trident by the Company was of the type
normally produced by the management of the Company and reviewed by the
Company's Board of Directors at its regular meetings and the Board and
management of the Company have represented to Trident that they have no
reason to believe that Trident's reliance thereon was unreasonable.  The
Company's Board, however, did not specifically review the information,
assumptions and other information provided by management to Trident for
accuracy and completeness.  Trident did not conduct a physical inspection
of the properties or facilities of the Company, nor did they make or obtain
any independent evaluations or appraisals of any of such properties or
facilities.

      In conducting its analyses and arriving at its Opinion as expressed
herein, Trident considered such financial and other factors as it deemed
appropriate under the circumstances including, among others, the following:

      *   the historical and current financial condition and results of
          operations of the Company, including interest income, interest
          expense, net interest income, net interest margin, interest
          sensitivity, non-interest expense, earnings, dividends, book value,
          return on assets, return on equity, capitalization, the amount and
          type of non-performing assets and the reserve for loan losses;

      *   the business prospects of the Company;

      *   the economy in the Company's market area;

      *   the historical and current market for the Common Stock and for the
          equity securities of certain other companies that Trident believed
          to be comparable to the Company; and

      *   the nature and terms of certain other acquisition transactions that
          Trident believed to be relevant.  Trident also took into account its
          assessment of general economic, market, financial and regulatory
          conditions and trends, as well as its knowledge of the financial
          institutions industry, its experience in connection with similar
          transactions, and its knowledge of securities valuation generally.
          Trident's Opinion necessarily was based upon conditions in existence
          and subject to evaluation on the respective dates of its Opinion.
          Trident's Opinion is, in any event, limited to the fairness, from a
          financial point of view, of the consideration to be received by the
          holders of the Common Stock in the Merger and does not address the
          Company's underlying business decision to effect the Merger.

      The summaries set forth below reflect all the material analysis,
factors and assumptions considered by Trident and the material valuation
methodologies used by Trident in arriving at its Opinion as to fairness
described above.  The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex
process and is not necessarily susceptible to partial or summary
description.  Trident believes that its analyses and the summary set forth
below must be considered as a whole, and that selecting portions of its
analyses without considering all of the analyses, or reviewing the summary
without considering all factors and analyses, would create an incomplete
view of the processes underlying the analyses set forth in Trident's reports
and its Opinion.  Therefore, the ranges of valuations resulting from any single
analysis described below should not be taken to be Trident's view of the actual
value of the Company or the combined company. In performing its analyses,
Trident made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, general
business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the
control of the Company.  The results of the specific analyses performed by
Trident may differ from the Company's actual


                              - 18 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
values or actual future results as a result of changing economic conditions,
changes in company strategy and policies, as well as a number of other factors.
Such individual analyses were prepared to provide valuation guidance solely as
part of Trident's overall valuation analysis and the determination of the
fairness of the consideration to be paid to the Company's shareholders.  The
analyses do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices at which a
company might actually be sold or the prices at which any securities may trade
at the present time or at any time in the future.  In addition, as described
above, Trident's Opinion and presentations to the Company's Board of
Directors were among the many factors taken into consideration by the
Company's Board of Directors in making its determination to approve the
Agreement.

      Trident met or engaged in discussions with the Board of Directors of
the Company at various times between June 1998 and December 1998 to present
analyses contained in a series of reports that serve as the basis for
Trident's Opinion. Two key reports presented by Trident were the Valuation
Report dated July 15, 1998 and the Fairness Opinion Report dated December
23, 1998. The following is a brief summary of the Valuation Report
presented by Trident to the Board of Directors of the Company on July 15,
1998:

           Financial Analysis of the Company.  Trident examined the
      Company's financial performance for the period December 31, 1994
      through March 31, 1998 by analyzing the composition of its balance
      sheet, adjusting and normalizing its earnings and calculating a
      variety of operating and financial ratios for the Company.  Trident
      compared the Company's deposit market share with other financial
      institutions operating in the same market. Trident also studied the
      trading market for the Company Common Stock and reviewed the
      performance of the Standard and Poor's Index as well as indices of
      actively-traded banks and thrifts during the last twelve months.

           Peer Group Analysis.  Trident evaluated the Company's
      strengths and weaknesses by comparing the financial performance
      of the Company to that of the following groups of stock thrift
      institutions based on regulatory financial information as of
      December 31, 1997:

           *   all U.S. thrifts;

           *   Illinois thrifts;

           *   Midwest thrifts;

           *   U.S. thrifts of similar size ($40 to $100 million of
               assets); and

           *   Midwest thrifts of similar size. This analysis compared a
               number of the Company's historical financial ratios to those
               of the peer groups, including, but not limited to:

           *   balance sheet composition;

           *   key ratios;

           *   income and expense ratios for the trailing four quarters, the
               most recent quarter, and the most recent calendar year;

           *   historical ROAA and ROAE; and

           *   asset, loan, deposit and equity growth rates for selected
               periods.


                              - 19 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
           State of the Market.   Trident reviewed the current and
      historical trading market for thrift and bank equities, and current
      and historical trends in the acquisition markets for banks and
      thrifts.  Trident focused on the acquisition market for thrifts with
      particular attention to the segments of the market which it believed
      to be the most relevant to the Company, such as thrifts of similar
      size and profitability, thrifts with similar capital structures and
      asset quality and thrifts located in the same geographic region.

           Control Valuation of the Company Common Stock.   Trident
      estimated the fair market value of the Company Common Stock in a
      merger.  In valuing the Company Common Stock, Trident utilized the
      income approach, the asset approach and the market approach, and
      then reconciled the values derived therefrom.

           Trident used an income method in its valuation of the Company
      by capitalizing adjusted earnings for the three months ended March
      31,1998.  Prior to capitalizing earnings, Trident took into account
      the Company's significant level of excess capital.  Trident
      estimated that the Company only required 7.00% capital to operate
      the Bank.  Therefore, Trident isolated the excess capital (the amount
      in excess of 7.00%) and adjusted the earnings base for the income
      associated with this excess capital at a pre-tax yield of 5.50% (3.58%
      after-tax).  The base earnings were then annualized and adjusted to
      exclude non-recurring income and expenses, plus merger cost saving of
      40% to 60% as a result of an assumed acquisition of the Company (the
      "normalized earnings").  The normalized earnings were capitalized at
      rates between 11% and 15%, to reflect earnings growth rates between
      0% and 4%.  The capitalization rates chosen were estimates of the
      required rates of return for holders or prospective holders of
      shares of financial institutions similar to the Company, based on a
      number of factors, including prevailing interest rates, the pricing
      ratios of publicly traded financial institutions, the financial
      condition and operating results of the Company, as well as well as
      Trident's general knowledge of valuation, the securities markets and
      acquisition values in mergers of other financial institutions.
      Trident adjusted the resulting values to reflect the cost of
      terminating certain long-term contracts and benefit plans, and
      certain merger-related expenses, and added back the excess capital
      identified earlier.  Using the income approach, Trident established
      a reference range of $13.25 to $16.75 per share.

           The asset approach considers the market value of a company's
      assets and liabilities, as well as any intangible value the Company
      may have. Trident estimated the Company's net asset value by
      adjusting the carrying value of its assets and liabilities to
      reflect current market values.  In addition, Trident adjusted the
      Company's net asset value for the impact of terminating certain
      benefit plans and other merger-related expenses.  Based on the
      adjustments discussed above, Trident estimated the Company's fully
      diluted net asset value to be approximately $12.1 million, or $12.98
      per share. After determining the Company's net asset value, Trident
      added an intangible premium to reflect the estimated value of its
      customer relationships. Based on intangible ("core deposit")
      premiums observed in the market for thrift acquisitions, as well as
      Trident's knowledge of the Company, Trident applied premiums equal
      to 4% and 10% of core deposits to the Company's estimated fully-
      diluted net asset value.  Using the asset approach, Trident
      established a reference range of $15.00 to $18.00 per share.

           In the market approach, Trident analyzed certain median
      pricing ratios (shown below) resulting from selected completed
      thrift merger transactions, as well as recently announced pending
      transactions.  Although the Company operates under a commercial
      bank charter, Trident chose to compare the Company to acquisitions
      of thrifts due to the fact that the Company's balance sheet and
      profitability more resembled those of a thrift.  Trident also
      considered the pricing ratios for eleven pending or completed
      thrift merger transactions (Guideline Transactions) in which the
      target thrift was of similar size and capital structure as the
      Company, and in which the target thrift had similar profitability
      and asset quality.  Trident then compared a number of financial
      ratios for the Company to those of the target thrift institutions.


                              - 20 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PRICE/        PRICE/           PRICE/
                                             BOOK        TANG. BOOK        EARNINGS       PRICE/
          GROUP                 NUMBER      VALUE %        VALUE %           LTM         ASSETS %
          -----                 ------      -------        -------           ---         --------
<S>                               <C>       <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
  U.S.                            55        205.46%        206.74%          22.76         21.62%
  Last 90 Days                    23        220.00%        220.00%          25.07         22.46%
  Midwest <F1>                    13        197.59%        199.38%          20.83         22.99%
  Illinois <F1>                    7        161.46%        161.46%          22.46         17.90%
  Deal Value ($10-$25mm) <F1>     23        164.42%        164.42%          20.47         18.98%
  Assets ($50mm-$100mm)<F1>       24        161.77%        161.85%          20.22         17.91%
  ROAA (0-40bp)<F1>               12        162.94%        162.94%          21.19         13.55%
  ROAE (0-4%)<F1>                 12        148.58%        148.58%          31.60         19.40%
  Tangible Capital (15%-25%)<F1>   9        126.91%        126.91%          27.26         26.73%
  Guideline Transactions          11        129.48%        129.48%          27.30         26.83%
  ----------------------          --        -------        -------          -----         ------

       Average                              167.86%        168.18%          23.91         20.84%
       Median                               162.36%        162.40%          22.61         20.51%

<FN>
  ____________________
  <F1>    Deals announced from September 1, 1997 through June 30, 1998,
          pending and completed.
          Source: SNL Securities, L.P. and Trident calculations
</TABLE>

          Based on the Company's financial condition and results of
     operations, as well as other factors, relative to the groups of
     thrift mergers noted above, Trident chose ranges of pricing ratios
     to apply to the Company.  Trident chose price to book value ratios
     of 115% to 140%, resulting in per share values of $16.25 to
     $19.75; price to tangible book value ratios of 115% to 140%, also
     resulting in per share values of $16.25 to $19.75; and price to
     assets ratios of 21% to 27%, resulting in per share values of
     $16.00 to $20.50.  Price to earnings ratios were not meaningful
     due to the Company's low profitability. Based on these derived
     ranges of value, Trident established a reference range of $16.25
     to $19.75 per share using the market approach.

          Based on the Company's financial condition and results of
     operations, as well as other factors, relative to the groups of
     thrift mergers noted above, Trident chose ranges of pricing ratios
     to apply to the Company.  The chart below shows the ranges Trident
     chose.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CATEGORY                   RANGE                 $ / SHARE          COMPARED TO PEER GROUP MEDIANS:
- --------                   -----                 ---------          -------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Price/Book Value        115% - 140%            16.25 - 19.75        Heartland had higher equity/assets and
                                                                    lower ROE

Price/Tang. Book Value  115% - 140%            16.25 - 19.75        Same as above

Price/Earnings              NM                      NM              Heartland's earnings level not sufficient
                                                                    for meaningful comparison

Price/Assets             21% - 27%             16.00 - 19.75        Heartland had higher equity/assets and
                                                                    lower ROA
</TABLE>

          Based on these derived ranges of value, Trident established
     a reference range of $16.25 to $19.75 per share using the market
     approach.


                              - 21 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          Valuation Conclusions.  Trident then reviewed the results
     from the three approaches, and after consideration of all relevant
     facts, reconciled the acquisition values generated by each
     approach and determined a final range for the acquisition value of
     the Company of $16.00 to $19.00 per share.  Trident did not apply
     specific weights to the results under any of the three methods,
     but Trident gave greater consideration to the asset and market
     approaches, which better reflect specific adjustments and
     considerations unique to the Company.

          Strategic Alternatives.  Trident presented a list of the
     pros and cons of various strategic alternatives open to the
     Company, including (i) remaining independent and (ii) merging with
     a larger financial institution.  Trident projected future trading
     prices and acquisition values for the Company Common Stock based
     on the Company's business plan.  Trident also compared the present
     values and rates of return for remaining independent with the
     expected present value and rate of return that might be realized
     in a merger transaction.

          Prospective Acquirors.  Trident presented the Company with a
     list of other financial institutions with operations in the
     Midwest that it believed to be prospective acquirors.  These
     prospective acquirors were categorized based on Trident's
     perceived level of interest from the prospective acquiror and
     "fit" with the Company.

     The following is a summary of the Fairness Opinion Report
presented to the Board of Directors of the Company on December 23, 1998:

          Process.  Trident briefly reviewed the process that lead to
     the Agreement.  Trident presented a list of the financial
     institutions that were contacted regarding a possible business
     combination with the Company.

          Recent Developments.  Trident reviewed changes in the
     trading market and the acquisition market for thrift institutions
     since the Valuation Report.  Trident outlined changes in the
     composition of the Company's balance sheet and financial
     performance since the Valuation Report.  Trident discussed the
     impact of changes in market conditions and changes in the
     Company's financial condition on the valuation range for the
     Company Common Stock presented in the Valuation Report.  Although
     the Merger Consideration is less than the valuation range, given
     the changes in the market, the financial condition of the Company
     and the indications of value received from other potential
     acquirors, Trident confirmed that the consideration to be received
     by the shareholders of the Company in the Merger is fair from a
     financial point of view.

          Summary of Proposed Transaction.  Trident presented a
     summary of the financial terms of the Merger and reviewed a
     timetable estimating the time and events necessary to close the
     deal.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  ANNOUNCED DEAL PRICING<F*>
AT 12/23/98              PRICE/BOOK         PRICE/TANG.           PRICE/          PRICE/
                           VALUE %          BOOK VALUE %       EARNINGS LTM      ASSETS %
                           -------          ------------       ------------      --------
<S>                        <C>                <C>                  <C>            <C>
Heartland Bancshares       113.6%             113.6%               NM             20.9%

<FN>
__________________
<F*>Not part of Trident's actual valuation process - for comparative
purposes only
</TABLE>

     Trident reported that during its investigation, Trident did not
discover any conditions that would prevent it from rendering its
fairness opinion to the Company's Board of Directors.  As discussed
above, Trident relied, without independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information
provided by the Company.


                              - 22 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Trident, as part of its investment banking business, is
continually engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities
in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwriting and
valuations for corporate and other purposes.  Trident has extensive
experience with the valuation of financial institutions.  Trident
Securities Inc., an affiliate of Trident, served as the Company's sales
agent in its mutual-to-stock conversion in 1996, and received total fees
and commissions of $186,899 for that transaction.  In addition, in the
ordinary course of business, Trident Securities Inc. may trade the
securities of the Company for its own account and for the accounts of
its customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold a long or short
position in such securities.  The Board of Directors selected Trident as
its financial advisor because of its previous experience with Trident,
because Trident is a nationally recognized investment banking firm
specializing in financial institutions and because of its substantial
experience in transactions similar to the Merger.  Trident is not
affiliated with the Company or Banterra.

     For its services as financial advisor, the Company paid Trident
$15,000 to perform a valuation of the Company and to advise the Board of
Directors with regard to strategic alternatives.  The Company paid
Trident a fee of $25,000 upon execution of the Agreement.  An additional
fee equal to 2.0% of the aggregate merger consideration, less $40,000,
will be payable to Trident upon consummation of the Merger (a balance
due of approximately $222,956 based on the total merger consideration
and the aforementioned fee structure).  The Company also has agreed to
reimburse Trident for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and to
indemnify Trident against certain liabilities, including certain
liabilities under federal securities laws.

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER


     The obligations of the Company, Banterra and Acquisitionco to
consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction of a number of
conditions on or before Closing, including the following:

     *   the approval of the Agreement by the shareholders of the
         Company;

     *   receipt of all requisite regulatory approvals, consents,
         orders, approvals and clearances required by law for the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement
         and the expiration of all applicable waiting periods;

     *   no temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent
         injunction or other order issued by any court of competent
         jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition
         preventing consummation of the transactions contemplated by
         the Agreement shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding by
         any regulatory agency or other person seeking any of the
         foregoing be pending, and there shall not be any action taken,
         or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered,
         enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger which makes the
         consummation of the Merger illegal;

     *   the representations and warranties of each Party as set forth
         in the Agreement shall be correct on and as of the Closing
         Date with the same effect as though such representations and
         warranties had been made or given on and as of the Closing
         Date (except for any such representations and warranties made
         only as of a specified date which shall be true and correct as
         of such date);

     *   prior to the Closing, each Party shall have in all material
         respects performed all material obligations and complied with
         all material agreements required to be performed by it by the
         Closing; and

     *   each Party shall have received from counsel for the other
         Party the required legal opinion in the form specified in the
         Agreement and each Party shall have received from the other
         Party all


                              - 23 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
         documents required to be received from them on or prior to
         the Closing Date, all in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory to such Party. In addition, the obligations of
         the Company also are contingent upon Banterra depositing, or
         causing to be deposited, the aggregate Merger Consideration and
         the aggregate Option Consideration with the Exchange Agent.

     The obligations of Banterra also are contingent upon the
following:

     *   Banterra shall have received the environmental reports
         required by the Agreement, and shall not have elected,
         pursuant to the Agreement, to terminate and cancel the
         Agreement;

     *   Banterra shall have reasonably determined, in good faith, that
         there has not been any change in the financial condition, the
         results of operations or the business of the Company and its
         subsidiaries that would have, or has had, since the date of
         the Agreement, a material adverse effect on the Company;

     *   all of the agreements entered into between Banterra and all of
         the holders of Issued Options (the "Option Consideration
         Agreements") shall be in full force and effect; and

     *   Banterra shall have received information from Foley & Lardner
         concerning the matters upon which Foley & Lardner currently
         represents the Company in form and substance acceptable to
         Banterra.

     Pursuant to the Agreement, any Party to the Agreement may in
writing waive the obligations to it of any other Party to the Agreement.
Additionally, the Agreement may be amended in writing by all the parties
to the Agreement. However, no amendment made after the Company
shareholders have approved the Agreement may alter or change the Merger
Consideration or the Option Consideration. See "-- Waiver and
Amendment."

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER

     Certain members of the Boards of Directors and management of the
Company and the Bank may be deemed to have certain interests in the
Merger in addition to their interests as shareholders of the Company
generally. The Board of Directors of the Company was aware of these
interests and considered them, among other matters, in unanimously
approving the Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. See
"-- Recommendation of the Board of Directors; Reasons for the Merger."

     Change in Control Payment.  Mr. Roger Hileman is party to an
employment agreement with the Bank that provides for a severance payment
upon the occurrence of certain events, including termination of his
employment under such agreement following a change in control of the
Bank. The Agreement provides that the employment of Mr. Hileman will be
terminated at the Effective Time and that the Bank shall make the
payment to which Mr. Hileman is entitled under his employment agreement
upon a change in control. It is currently anticipated that Mr. Hileman
will be entitled to a severance payment under his current employment
agreement in the approximate amount of $310,000.  Mr. Hileman has agreed
to serve as a vice president and retail officer for Banterra Bank
at a salary of $50,000 per year following the Merger.


                              - 24 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Stock Options.  Pursuant to the Agreement, at the Effective Time,
each holder of an Issued Option will receive, in consideration for his
or her agreement to surrender such Issued Option, an amount determined
by multiplying $1.75 by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
such Issued Option. The amount each director and executive officer of
the Company is expected to receive in exchange for the cancellation of
his or her Issued Options outstanding as of the Record Date is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NUMBER OF SHARES         NET REALIZABLE
                                                                         UNDERLYING           VALUE OF ISSUED
      NAME                          POSITION                           ISSUED OPTIONS             OPTIONS
      ----                          --------                          ----------------        ---------------
      <S>                           <C>                                    <C>                   <C>
      Roger O. Hileman              Director, President and Chief          8,768                 $15,344
                                       Executive Officer
      Paul R. Calcaterra            Director                               1,752                   3,066
      B. D. Cross                   Director                               1,752                   3,066
      Charles E. Stevens            Director                               1,752                   3,066
      James C. Walker               Director                               1,752                   3,066
      Randall A. Youngblood         Director                               1,752                   3,066
</TABLE>

     Employee Stock Ownership Plan.  On or before the Effective Time,
the Company shall take all steps reasonably necessary to cause the ESOP
to be terminated as of the Effective Time.  Upon its termination, the
assets of the ESOP will be distributed to its participants in accordance
with the terms of the plan.  Based on his current interest in the ESOP,
Mr. Hileman is expected to receive an ESOP distribution of approximately
$159,921.

     Insurance; Indemnification.  Banterra has agreed that, for a
period of three years after the Effective Time, it will use its
reasonable best efforts to maintain the current policies of directors'
and officers' liability insurance maintained by the Company (provided
that Banterra may substitute therefor policies of comparable coverage
with respect to claims arising from facts or events which occurred
before the Effective Time); provided, however, that in no event shall
Banterra be obligated to expend a total amount in excess of $53,100 in
order to maintain or provide insurance coverage (the "Maximum Amount").
If the amount of the annual premiums necessary to maintain or procure
such insurance coverage exceeds the Maximum Amount, Banterra shall use
all reasonable efforts to maintain the most advantageous policies of
directors' and officers' insurance obtainable but in no event shall the
cost of such insurance exceed the Maximum Amount. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, prior to the Effective Time, Banterra may request the Company
to, and the Company shall, purchase insurance coverage, on such terms
and conditions as shall be acceptable to Banterra, extending for a
period of three (3) years the Company's directors' and officers'
liability insurance coverage in effect as of the date of the Agreement
(covering past or future claims with respect to periods before the
Effective Time) and such coverage shall satisfy Banterra's obligations
under the Agreement.

     Banterra has also agreed that, for a period of six (6) years after
the Effective Time, Banterra shall, or shall cause Banterra Bank to,
indemnify, defend and hold harmless each person who is now, or who has
been at any time before the date of the Agreement or who becomes before
the Effective Time, an officer or director of the Company, the Bank or
any of their respective subsidiaries (the "Indemnified Parties") against
all losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses (including attorney's
fees), liabilities or judgments or amounts that are paid in settlement
(which settlement shall require the prior written consent of Banterra,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) of or in connection
with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether
civil, criminal, or administrative (each a "Claim"), in which an
Indemnified Party is, or is threatened to be made, a party or witness in
whole or in part on or arising in whole or in part out of the fact that
such person is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company,
the Bank or any of their subsidiaries if such Claim pertains to any
matter of fact arising, existing or occurring before the Effective Time
(including, without limitation, the Merger and the other transactions
contemplated hereby), regardless of whether such Claim is asserted or
claimed before, or at or after, the Effective Time, to the fullest
extent permitted under applicable state or federal law in effect as of
the date of the Agreement or as amended applicable to a time before the
Effective Time and under the


                              - 25 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Company's and the Bank's key corporate documents. Banterra has also agreed
to pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of any such action or
proceeding to each Indemnified Party to the full extent permitted by applicable
state or federal law in effect as of the date of the Agreement or as amended
applicable to a time before the Effective Time upon receipt of an undertaking
to repay such advance payments if he shall be adjudicated or determined to be
not entitled to indemnification. In the event of any such Claim (whether
arising before or after the Effective Time), (1) Banterra shall have the
right to assume the defense thereof (in which event the Indemnified
Parties will cooperate in the defense of any such matter) and upon such
assumption Banterra shall not be liable to any Indemnified Party for any
legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently
incurred by any Indemnified Party in connection with the defense
thereof, except that if Banterra elects not to assume such defense, or
counsel for the Indemnified Parties reasonably advises the Indemnified
Parties that there are or may be (whether or not any have yet actually
arisen) issues which raise conflicts of interest between Banterra and
the Indemnified Parties, the Indemnified Parties may retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to them, and Banterra shall pay the reasonable
fees and expenses of such counsel for the Indemnified Parties, (2)
Banterra shall be obligated to pay for only one firm of counsel for all
Indemnified Parties whose reasonable fees and expenses shall be paid
promptly as statements are received, (3) Banterra shall not be liable
for any settlement effected without its prior written consent (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (4) no Indemnified Party
shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to a matter
as to which (x) he shall have been adjudicated in any proceeding not to
have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in
the best interests of the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary or (y) in
the event that a proceeding is compromised or settled so as to impose
any liability or obligation upon an Indemnified Party, if there is a
determination that with respect to said matter said Indemnified Party
did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was
in the best interests of the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary. In the
event that either Banterra or Banterra Bank or any of its successors or
assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person and shall
not be the continuing or surviving bank or entity of such consolidation
or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties
and assets to any person, then, and in each such case, proper provision
shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Banterra shall
assume the obligations set forth in the Agreement.

EFFECT ON EMPLOYEES AND CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     Severance.  The Agreement provides that Banterra will provide to
any employee of the Company or its subsidiaries whose employment is
terminated at the Effective Time or within six months thereafter
severance pay in an amount equal to one week's salary for each full year
of employment by the Company or its subsidiaries, with a minimum of four
(4) weeks severance pay and a maximum of ten (10) weeks severance pay,
plus any accrued vacation pay, subject to certain restrictions.  No
severance pay will be paid to any employee of the Company whose
employment is terminated at the Effective Time if such employee was
offered employment by Banterra or its subsidiaries that involved such
employee's place of employment being his or her current place of
employment, Marion, Illinois, or Carbondale, Illinois, and that is at a
comparable compensation level and level of responsibility to his or her
previous position with the Company or its subsidiaries.

     Outplacement Assistance.  Banterra has agreed to provide customary
out placement assistance, in an amount not to exceed $500 per employee,
and continued health insurance (as required by the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA")) to any employee of the
Company or its subsidiaries whose employment is terminated at the
Effective Time.

     Employee Benefit Plans.  At the Effective Time, all existing
employee benefit plans of the Company and its subsidiaries will be
terminated. Each employee of the Company and its subsidiaries who
becomes an employee of Banterra or its subsidiaries after the Effective
Time will be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans of
Banterra which are substantially similar in coverage and benefits to
those available to similarly situated employees of Banterra if such
employees meet the eligibility requirements for such plans. For the
purposes of participation in and vesting of benefits under all such
plans, employees of the Company and its


                              - 26 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
subsidiaries will be given service credit for all of their service with
the Company, the Bank or any of their respective subsidiaries.  Such
employees and/or covered dependents will not be subject to pre-existing
conditions exclusions to the extent permitted by such plans.

EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES AND SETTLEMENT OF ISSUED OPTIONS

     It is currently anticipated that Union Planters Bank, National
Association will act as Exchange Agent to make payment of the Merger
Consideration and the Option Consideration to each holder of shares of
Common Stock or Issued Options (the "Option Certificates") who
surrenders the certificate for such shares of Common Stock or the Option
Certificate representing issued Options, as the case may be, together
with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal (which the Exchange Agent
will mail not later than five business days after the Effective Time to
each holder of record of a certificate or certificates which,
immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock or Issued Options).  On or before the
Effective Time, Banterra shall cause to be deposited with the Exchange
Agent an amount of immediately available funds equal to the aggregate
Merger Consideration and the aggregate Option Consideration. The
Exchange Agent will not be required to deliver the consideration to
which a holder of shares of Common Stock or a holder of Issued Options
is entitled until the holder surrenders his or her certificates
representing such shares or Issued Options or an appropriate affidavit
of loss and indemnity agreement and/or bond as may be required by
Banterra.  If any payment for shares of Common Stock is to be made in a
name other than that in which the certificate for such shares is
registered, it shall be a condition of such payment that the certificate
shall be properly endorsed in proper form for transfer and that the
person requesting such payment shall pay to the Exchange Agent any
transfer or other taxes required by reason of the payment to a person
other than the registered holder of the certificate or establish to the
satisfaction of the Exchange Agent that such tax has been paid or is not
payable. After the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the
stock transfer books of the Company of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and any such shares
presented for transfer after the Effective Time shall be cancelled and
exchanged for the Merger Consideration or the Option Consideration. No
interest shall accrue on the Merger Consideration or the Option
Consideration after the Effective Time.

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

     Each holder of the Company's Common Stock has the right to dissent
from the Merger and receive the fair value of such shares of the
Company's Common Stock in cash if the shareholder follows the procedures
set forth in the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended
(the "IBCA"), included as Annex B hereto and the material provisions of
                          -------
which are summarized below.  Pursuant to the IBCA, a holder of the
Company's Common Stock may dissent and the Company, as the surviving
corporation, will pay to such shareholder the fair value of such
shareholder's shares of the Company's Common Stock, exclusive of any
appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the Merger, as of
immediately before the consummation of the Merger, if such shareholder
(1) files with the Company prior to the vote being taken a written
demand for payment for his or her shares if the Merger is consummated
and (2) does not vote in favor of the Merger.  The Exchange Agent will
include notice of the Effective Date in its letter to all shareholders
of the Company notifying them of the procedures to exchange their shares
for the cash payment due to such shareholders pursuant to the Agreement.
Such letter shall be sent promptly following the Effective Date.  Within
10 days after the shareholders' vote is effective or 30 days after the
shareholder delivers to the Company the written demand for payment,
whichever is later, the Company shall send each shareholder who has
delivered a written demand for payment a statement setting forth the
opinion of the Company as to the estimated fair value of the shares, the
Company's latest balance sheet as of the end of a fiscal year ended not
earlier than 16 months before the delivery of the statement, together
with the statement of income for that year and the latest available
interim financial statements, and either a commitment to pay for the
shares of the dissenting shareholder at the estimated fair value thereof
upon transmittal to the Company of the certificate or certificates, or
other evidence of ownership, with respect to the shares.  A VOTE AGAINST
THE MERGER, WHETHER BY PROXY OR IN PERSON, WILL NOT, BY


                              - 27 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ITSELF, BE REGARDED AS A WRITTEN DEMAND FOR PAYMENT FOR PURPOSES OF
ASSERTING DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

     Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company shall pay to each
dissenter who transmits to the Exchange Agent the certificate or other
evidence of ownership of the shares the amount the Company estimates to
be the fair value of the shares, plus accrued interest, accompanied by a
written explanation of how the interest was calculated.  Upon payment of
the agreed value, the dissenting shareholder shall cease to have any
interest in such shares or in the Company.

     If the dissenting shareholder does not agree with the opinion of
the Company as to the estimated fair value of the shares or the amount
of interest due, the dissenting shareholder must, within 30 days from
the delivery of the Company's statement of value, notify the Company in
writing of the shareholder's estimated fair value and interest due and
demand payment for the difference between the shareholder's estimate of
fair value and interest due and the amount of the payment by the
Company.  If, within 60 days from delivery to the Company of the
shareholder notification of estimate of fair value of shares and
interest due, the Company and the dissenting shareholder have not agreed
in writing upon the fair value of the shares and interest due, the
Company shall either pay the difference in value demanded by the
shareholder, with interest, or file a petition in the circuit court of
the county in which either the registered office or the principal office
of the Company is located, requesting the court to determine the fair
value of the shares and interest due.  The "fair value" determined by
the court may be more or less than the amount offered to the Company's
shareholders under the Agreement.  The judgment shall be payable only
upon, and simultaneously with, the surrender to the Company of the
certificate or certificates representing said shares of the Company
Common Stock.  Upon the payment of the judgment, the dissenting
shareholder shall cease to have any interest in such shares or in the
Company.

     THE FOREGOING SUMMARY OF THE PROVISIONS REGARDING DISSENTERS'
RIGHTS UNDER THE IBCA IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE COMPLETE TEXT
OF THE IBCA WHICH IS ATTACHED HERETO AS ANNEX B.
                                        -------

     Shareholders who are interested in perfecting dissenters' rights
pursuant to the IBCA in connection with the Merger should consult with
their counsel for advice as to the procedures required to be followed.

     PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME.
               ---

EFFECTIVE TIME

     The Effective Time shall be upon the issuance of a Certificate of
Merger by the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, which the
parties will use their best efforts to cause to occur on the Closing
Date.  Assuming that the Agreement is approved by the Company's
shareholders, the Merger will remain subject to a number of conditions,
including the receipt of required regulatory approvals. See "--
Regulatory Approvals."

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following discussion is a general summary of the material
United States federal income tax ("federal income tax") consequences of
participating in the Merger and does not purport to be a complete
analysis or listing of all potential tax considerations or consequences
relevant to a decision whether to participate in the Merger.  The
discussion does not address all aspects of federal income taxation that
may be applicable to shareholders in light of their status or personal
investment circumstances, nor does it address the federal income tax
consequences of the Merger that are applicable to shareholders subject
to special federal income tax treatment including (without limitation)
foreign persons, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, retirement
plans, dealers in securities, persons who acquired their shares of
Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or
otherwise as compensation, and persons who hold their shares of


                              - 28 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Common Stock as part of a "straddle," "hedge" or "conversion transaction."
In addition, the discussion does not address the effect of any applicable
state, local or foreign tax laws, or the effect of any federal tax laws
other than those pertaining to the federal income tax.  AS A RESULT,
EACH SHAREHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISOR TO
DETERMINE THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER TO SUCH
SHAREHOLDER.

     For federal income tax purposes, the receipt of cash by a
shareholder of the Company in exchange for shares of the Common Stock
pursuant to the Merger will constitute a taxable transaction to such
shareholder. In general, a shareholder who receives cash in the Merger
in exchange for such shareholder's shares of Common Stock will recognize
gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the sum of the
cash payment of $15.75 per share received from Banterra in exchange for
the shares of the Common Stock and (ii) the shareholder's tax basis in
such Common Stock. Any gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or
loss if the Common Stock exchanged was held as a capital asset in the
hands of the shareholder.

     The cash payments due to the holders of the Common Stock upon the
exchange thereof pursuant to the Merger (other than certain exempt
entities and persons) will be subject to a backup withholding tax at the
rate of 31% unless certain requirements are met. Generally, the Exchange
Agent will be required to deduct and withhold the tax in the following
circumstances: (i) the shareholder fails to furnish a taxpayer
identification number ("TIN") to the Exchange Agent or fails to certify
under penalty of perjury that such TIN is correct; (ii) the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") notifies the Exchange Agent that the TIN
furnished by the shareholder is incorrect; (iii) the IRS notifies the
Exchange Agent that the shareholder has failed to report interest,
dividends or original issue discount in the past; or (iv) there has been
a failure by the shareholder to certify under penalty of perjury that
such shareholder is not subject to the backup withholding tax. Any
amounts withheld by the Exchange Agent in collection of the backup
withholding tax will reduce the federal income tax liability of the
shareholders from whom such tax was withheld. The TIN of an individual
shareholder is that shareholder's Social Security number.

     No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS as to any of
the tax effects of any of the transactions discussed in this Proxy
Statement to shareholders of the Company, and no opinion of counsel has
been or will be rendered to the Company's shareholders with respect to
any of the tax effects of the Merger to the Company's shareholders.

NO SOLICITATION

     The Agreement contains certain provisions that may have the effect
of discouraging competing offers to acquire or merge with the Company.
The Agreement provides that the Company and its subsidiaries will not
permit any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents
to hold discussions with or provide any information to any person in
connection with any proposal for the acquisition of all or any
substantial portion of the business, assets, shares of Common Stock or
other securities of the Company or the Bank, or any merger of the
Company or the Bank with any person, subject to the fiduciary duties of
the directors of the Company, and its subsidiaries.  The Company is
obligated to promptly inform Banterra of its receipt of any such
proposal, the substance of such proposal and the identity of such
person.

     The Agreement further provides that, in certain circumstances, the
Company would be obligated to pay to Banterra a termination fee equal to
$450,000 in full satisfaction of all obligations of the Company under
the Agreement if the Agreement is terminated by Banterra due to the
occurrence of any of the following events:

     *    any person shall have acquired thirty-five percent (35%) or
          more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock;


                              - 29 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    the expiration date of a tender or exchange offer by any
          person if upon consummation of such offer, such person would
          own, control or have the right to acquire more than thirty-
          five percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding shares of
          Common Stock; or

     *    the entry by the Company into a definitive agreement with a
          person for such person to acquire, merge, or consolidate
          with the Company or to acquire all or substantially all of
          the Company's assets or more than thirty-five percent (35%)
          of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

     The Company has agreed that it will, and will cause each of its
subsidiaries to, conduct its respective business in the ordinary course
and preserve its respective business intact. Specifically, the Agreement
provides that the Company and each of its subsidiaries may not do any of
the following without the prior written consent of Banterra (which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld):

     *    issue, cause to be issued or agree to issue any shares of
          its capital stock or any options, warrants or other rights
          to subscribe for or purchase shares of its capital stock or
          any securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of
          its capital stock other than the issuance of shares of
          Common Stock by the Company upon the exercise of Issued
          Options;

     *    declare or pay any dividend;

     *    directly or indirectly redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
          any shares of capital stock or effect a reclassification,
          recapitalization, splitup, exchange of shares, readjustment
          or other similar change in or to any capital stock or
          otherwise reorganize or recapitalize the Company or any
          subsidiary of the Company;

     *    amend its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws;

     *    grant any increase, other than ordinary increases consistent
          with past practices, in the compensation payable or to
          become payable to officers or salaried employees, grant any
          options except as required by law, contract or as previously
          disclosed to Banterra, adopt or make any change in any
          bonus, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan,
          agreement, payment or arrangement applicable to any officer
          or salaried employee;

     *    borrow or agree to borrow any amount of funds except in the
          ordinary course of business, or directly or indirectly
          guarantee or agree to guarantee any obligations of others,
          except in the ordinary course of business;

     *    make or commit to make any new loan or letter of credit or
          any new or additional discretionary advance under any
          existing line of credit in principal amounts in excess of
          $150,000 or that would increase the aggregate credit
          outstanding to any one borrower (or group of affiliated
          borrowers) to more than $150,000 (excluding for this purpose
          any accrued interest or overdrafts) unless the amount of any
          additional loan, letter of credit or advance is no greater
          than $50,000 and is made to an existing borrower whose
          indebtedness currently exceeds $150,000, provided that such
          borrower is not on a watchlist of the Company or its
          subsidiaries or has any credit classified for regulatory
          purposes;

     *    purchase or otherwise acquire any investment security for
          its own account, except in a manner and pursuant to policies
          consistent with past practice;


                              - 30 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    increase or decrease the rate of interest paid on time
          deposits or certificates of deposit, except in a manner and
          pursuant to policies consistent with past practices;

     *    enter into any agreement, contract or commitment out of the
          ordinary course of business that requires an annual payment
          in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000);

     *    except in the ordinary course of business, place on any of
          its assets or properties any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge,
          or other encumbrance;

     *    except in the ordinary course of business, cancel or
          accelerate any material indebtedness owing to the Company or
          any of its subsidiaries or any claims which the Company or
          any of its subsidiaries may possess, or waive any material
          rights with respect thereto;

     *    sell or otherwise dispose of any real property or any
          material amount of any tangible or intangible personal
          property other than in the ordinary course of business and
          other than properties acquired in foreclosure or otherwise
          in the ordinary collection of indebtedness to the Company or
          any of its subsidiaries;

     *    foreclose upon or otherwise take title to or possession or
          control of any real property without first obtaining a phase
          one environmental report thereon which indicates that the
          property is free of pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or
          toxic waste materials; provided, however, that the Company
          and its subsidiaries shall not be required to obtain such a
          report with respect to single-family, nonagricultural
          residential property of one acre or less to be foreclosed
          upon unless it has reason to believe that such property
          might contain any such waste materials or otherwise might be
          contaminated;

     *    commit any act or fail to do any act which would cause a
          breach of any agreement, contract or commitment and which
          would have a material adverse effect on the Company;

     *    except as may be necessary to comply with Year 2000
          requirements in an amount not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars
          ($10,000) or as may otherwise be approved in writing by
          Banterra, purchase any real or personal property or make any
          other capital expenditure, except in a manner and pursuant
          to policies consistent with past practice;

     *    take any action which would materially and adversely effect
          or delay the ability of either Banterra or the Company to
          obtain any necessary approvals of any regulatory agency or
          other governmental authority required for the transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement or to perform its covenants
          and agreements under the Agreement;

     *    violate any law, statute, rule, governmental regulation or
          order, which violation would have a material adverse effect
          on the Company; or

     *    change accounting principles or practices, or the method of
          applying such principles or practices, except as required by
          generally accepted accounting principles.

     The Company also has agreed that it and its subsidiaries will do
all of the following:

     *    refrain from engaging in any transaction or taking any
          action that would render untrue any of the representations
          and warranties contained in the Agreement, except as
          otherwise


                              - 31 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          contemplated by the Agreement or with respect to such representations
          and warranties that speak only as of the date of the Agreement;

     *    promptly notify Banterra in writing of the occurrence of any
          matter or event known to and directly involving the Company
          (other than those affecting the banking industry as a whole)
          that would have, either individually or in the aggregate, a
          material adverse effect on the Company;

     *    promptly notify Banterra in the event it has knowledge of
          the occurrence, or impending or threatened occurrence, of
          any event or condition that would constitute a breach of any
          of its representations and warranties contained in the
          Agreement and use its best efforts to prevent or promptly
          remedy the same;

     *    cause the Agreement to be submitted to its shareholders for
          approval at a special meeting and, in connection therewith,
          prepare and mail this Proxy Statement which shall contain
          the recommendation of the Board of Directors that the
          Agreement be approved, subject to compliance with its
          fiduciary duties as advised by counsel;

     *    use its best efforts to obtain all necessary consents with
          respect to all interests of the Company and its subsidiaries
          in any material leases, licenses, contracts, instruments and
          rights which require the consent of another person for their
          transfer or assumption pursuant to the Merger, if any;

     *    use its best efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions
          and obligations on its part to be performed or fulfilled
          under the Agreement and to effect the Merger and the other
          transactions contemplated thereby and to effect the
          transition and integration of the business and operations of
          the Company and its subsidiaries with the business and
          operations of Banterra and its subsidiaries;

     *    furnish to Banterra in a timely manner all information, data
          and documents in the possession of the Company or its
          subsidiaries requested by Banterra as may be required to
          obtain any necessary regulatory or other approvals of the
          Merger and otherwise cooperate fully with Banterra to carry
          out the purpose and intent of the Agreement;

     *    provide to Banterra, as soon as reasonably practical, but
          not later than sixty (60) days after the date of the
          Agreement, a report of a phase one environmental
          investigation on all real property owned.

     The Company has further undertaken to do all of the following:

     *    permit representatives of Banterra and its accountants
          reasonable access to its property to and to make available
          to Banterra all books, documents, papers, records and
          computer systems documentation and files relating to its
          assets, stock ownership, properties, operations, obligations
          and liabilities, employee benefit plans and any other
          business activities or prospects in which Banterra may have
          a reasonable and legitimate interest in furtherance of the
          transactions contemplated by the Agreement;

     *    upon the request of Banterra, cause the Bank to enter into a
          merger agreement, subject to the conditions of the Agreement
          with Banterra Bank and take all other actions and cooperate
          with Banterra in causing such merger to be effected;


                              - 32 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    enter into a separate plan of merger or certificate of
          merger for purposes of any filing requirement of Illinois
          law;

     *    as of the date of the Agreement, cause all of its directors
          and their spouses, with one exception, to enter into voting
          agreements concurrent with the execution of the Agreement,
          obligating them to vote all shares of Common Stock
          beneficially owned or controlled by them in favor of
          approval of the Agreement;

     *    if requested by Banterra, arrange a meeting between Banterra
          and Gray Hunter Stenn LLP, the Company's independent
          auditors, to review and discuss the Company's financial
          statements;

     *    consult with and reasonably cooperate with Banterra with
          respect to the determination of the amount of and timing for
          recognizing all expenses of the Merger and any restructuring
          charges, provided that, in no event is the Company obligated
          to take any such action unless and until Banterra and
          Acquisitionco acknowledge in writing that all conditions
          precedent to the obligations of Banterra and Acquisitionco
          under the Agreement have been met and provide written waiver
          of any termination right they may have under the Agreement;

     *    cause all of the holders of Issued Options to enter into the
          Option Consideration Agreements;

     *    pursue resolution or settlement of certain pending
          litigation;

     *    use its best efforts to promptly recover from its insurer
          for any legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with
          the settlement of the lawsuit filed on behalf of Barrett
          Rochman; and

     *    from and after the date of the Agreement to the Effective
          Time, maintain and keep all of the Company's employee
          benefit plans fully funded, and, to the extent any such
          benefit plan may not be fully or adequately funded, to make
          such contributions as are necessary to fully fund any such
          inadequately funded benefit plan, including payments to the
          ESOP, as may be required.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

     The Company has made certain representations and warranties to
Banterra with respect to, among other things, the following:

     *    organization and capital stock;

     *    authority with respect to the Agreement;

     *    subsidiaries;

     *    financial statements;

     *    the absence of certain changes or events;

     *    regulatory enforcement matters;

     *    certain tax matters;

     *    litigation and related matters;


                              - 33 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    employment agreements;

     *    regulatory and securities filings;

     *    employee matters and ERISA;

     *    title to properties and insurance;

     *    environmental matters;

     *    compliance with laws;

     *    brokers' or finders' fees;

     *    non-banking activities of the Company and its subsidiaries;

     *    trust administration;

     *    Year 2000;

     *    material contracts and agreements;

     *    the absence of any undisclosed liabilities;

     *    the truth and accuracy of the statements with respect to the
          Company contained in this Proxy Statement and in other
          regulatory filings in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by the Agreement;

     *    the inapplicability of certain state antitakeover laws;

     *    fair lending compliance and the Community Reinvestment Act;

     *    the loan portfolio;

     *    interest rate risk management instruments;

     *    interim events; and

     *    the absence of any fact or circumstance reasonably likely to
          prevent the consummation of the Merger.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BANTERRA AND ACQUISITIONCO

     Banterra and Acquisitionco have made certain representations and
warranties to the Company with respect to, among other things, the
following:

     *    organization and capital stock;

     *    authority with respect to the Agreement;


                              - 34 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    subsidiaries;

     *    Banterra's financial information;

     *    the absence of certain changes;

     *    litigation;

     *    regulatory reports;

     *    compliance with laws;

     *    the truth and accuracy of the information furnished or to be
          furnished to the Company by Banterra or Acquisitionco in
          connection with this Proxy Statement or any other regulatory
          filing in connection with the transactions contemplated by
          the Agreement;

     *    regulatory enforcement matters;

     *    the inapplicability of certain state antitakeover laws;

     *    the absence of any undisclosed liabilities;

     *    the Community Reinvestment Act;

     *    the absence of any fact or circumstance likely to prevent
          the consummation of the Merger;

     *    the availability of sufficient funds to pay the aggregate
          Merger Consideration and Option Consideration; and

     *    compliance with capital adequacy guidelines.

     Banterra and Acquisitionco also have agreed to the following:

     *    Banterra shall file all regulatory applications required in
          order to consummate the Merger, including, but not limited
          to, the necessary applications for the prior approval of the
          Federal Reserve and the OTS;

     *    Banterra shall keep the Company reasonably informed as to
          the status of all regulatory applications and, at least five
          business days prior to filing, to provide copies of such
          applications to the Company and its counsel for review and
          comment;

     *    Banterra shall refrain from engaging in any transaction or
          taking any action that would render untrue any of its
          representations and warranties contained in the Agreement
          (except for any such representations and warranties made
          only as of a specified date) without the prior written
          consent of the Company;

     *    Banterra shall give prompt written notice to the Company in
          the event it has knowledge of the occurrence, or impending
          or threatened occurrence, of any event or condition which
          would cause or constitute a breach (or would have caused or
          constituted a breach had such event


                              - 35 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          occurred or been known prior to the date of the Agreement) of
          any of its representations or agreements contained or referred
          to in the Agreement and to use its best efforts to prevent or
          promptly remedy the same; and

     *    Banterra and Acquisitionco shall use their respective best
          efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions and
          obligations on their part to be performed or fulfilled under
          the Agreement and to effect the Merger in accordance with
          the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT; TERMINATION FEE

     Pursuant to its terms, the Agreement may be terminated by the
Parties in the following circumstances, regardless of whether approval
of the Agreement by the shareholders of the Company has been previously
obtained:

     *    by the mutual written agreement of Banterra and the Company
          at any time prior to the Closing Date;

     *    by the non-breaching Party in the event that there is a
          breach in any of the representations and warranties or a
          material breach of any of the agreements of Banterra or the
          Company, which breach is not cured within 30 days after
          written notice to cure such breach is given to the breaching
          Party by the non-breaching Party;

     *    by Banterra for a period of 15 days after receipt of any
          reasonable estimate indicating that any costs associated
          with the remediation of any environmental problems would
          exceed $100,000;

     *    by either Party in the event any of the conditions to the
          obligations of such Party are not satisfied or waived on or
          prior to the Closing Date, and if any applicable cure period
          has lapsed;

     *    in the event that any regulatory application filed pursuant
          to the Agreement should be finally denied or disapproved by
          the respective regulatory authority, or not obtained from
          the respective regulatory authority on or before the date
          which is nine months following the date of the Agreement,
          provided, however, that

          *    a request for additional information or undertaking by
               Banterra, as a condition for approval, shall not be
               deemed to be a denial or disapproval so long as
               Banterra diligently provides the requested information
               or undertaking and

          *    in the event that an application is denied pending an
               appeal, petition for review or similar such act on the
               part of Banterra, then the application shall be deemed
               denied unless Banterra prepares and timely files such
               appeal and continues the appellate process for
               purposes of obtaining the necessary approval;

     *    by Banterra if its Board of Directors shall have reasonably
          determined in good faith that any of the requisite
          regulatory approvals imposes a burdensome condition, not
          later than five days after receipt by Banterra of notice of
          the imposition of such burdensome condition from the
          applicable regulatory agency (unless an appeal of such
          determination is being pursued by Banterra, in which event
          the foregoing notice may be given within 30 days of the
          termination of any such appeal by Banterra or the denial of
          such appeal by the appropriate regulatory agency);


                              - 36 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     *    by either Party if the Agreement is not approved by the
          requisite vote of the shareholders of the Company at the
          Special Meeting;

     *    by Banterra if the Company's Board of Directors shall have
          failed to approve or recommend the Agreement or the Merger,
          or shall have withdrawn or modified in any manner adverse to
          Banterra its approval or recommendation of the Agreement or
          the Merger, or shall have resolved or publicly announced an
          intention to do either of the foregoing;

     *    by Banterra in the event that the Company or any of its
          subsidiaries shall, after the date of the Agreement, become
          a party or subject to any new or amended written agreement,
          memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order,
          imposition of civil money penalties or other regulatory
          enforcement action or proceeding with a regulatory agency
          which would have a material adverse effect on the Company;

     *    by the Company in the event that Banterra or any of its
          subsidiaries shall, after the date of the Agreement, become
          a party or subject to any new or amended written agreement,
          memorandum of understanding, cease and desist order,
          imposition of civil money penalties or other regulatory
          enforcement action or proceeding with a regulatory agency
          which would have a material adverse effect on Banterra;

     *    by either Party if the Closing Date does not occur on or
          prior to nine months from the date of the Agreement, unless
          the failure of the Closing to occur by such date shall be
          due to the failure of the Party seeking to terminate the
          Agreement to perform or observe the covenants and agreements
          of such Party set forth in the Agreement; and

     *    by Banterra in the event that

          *    any person or group of persons (other than Banterra
               and its affiliates) shall have acquired, or have the
               right to acquire, thirty-five percent (35%) or more of
               the outstanding shares of Common Stock;

          *    the expiration date of a tender or exchange offer by
               any person or group of persons (other than Banterra
               and its affiliates) to purchase or acquire securities
               of the Company if, upon consummation of such offer,
               such person or group of persons would own, control or
               acquire the right to acquire more than thirty-five
               percent (35%) of the issued and outstanding shares of
               Common Stock; or

          *    the entry by the Company into a definitive agreement
               with a person or group of persons (other than Banterra
               and its affiliates) for such person or group of
               persons to acquire, merge or consolidate with the
               Company or to acquire all or substantially all of the
               Company's assets or more than thirty-five percent
               (35%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
               (collectively, a "Third Party Transaction").

     The Agreement provides that, in the event the Agreement is
terminated by Banterra due to (i) a material breach of the Agreement by
the Company that has not been cured or (ii) the failure of the
shareholders of the Company to approve the Agreement at the Special
Meeting, the Company would be obligated to pay, within 10 days of its
receipt of a written demand therefor, a termination fee of $150,000 as
liquidated damages, in lieu of all remedies at law or in equity and in
full satisfaction of all obligations or liabilities under the Agreement.
In the


                              - 37 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
event the Agreement is terminated by Banterra due to the occurrence of a
Third Party Transaction, the required termination fee would be $450,000.

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT

     The conditions of the Agreement which may be waived may only be
waived by notice to the other Party waiving such condition. The
Agreement may be amended or modified by the Parties at any time before
or after shareholder approval of the Agreement; provided, however, that
after any such approval no such amendment or modification may alter the
amount or change the form of the Merger Consideration or Option
Consideration.

EXPENSES

     The Agreement provides that each Party shall bear and pay all
expenses incurred by it in connection with the transactions contemplated
by the Agreement.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

     The Company has been advised by Banterra that the transaction will
be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting as required by
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 Business Combinations.

REGULATORY APPROVALS

     Consummation of the Merger is subject to the receipt of all
regulatory approvals required for the completion of the Merger. The
Federal Reserve and the OTS have granted their approvals of the Merger.

BUSINESS OF HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.

     The Company was organized to serve as the holding company for the
Bank.  The Company's principal business is that of overseeing the
business of the Bank.  The Company has no significant assets other than
its investment in the Bank, a loan to the Company's ESOP and certain
cash and cash equivalents and investment securities.  At December 31,
1998, on a consolidated basis, the Company had total assets of $63.3
million, total loans of $36.4 million, total investment and mortgage-
backed securities of $11.3 million, total deposits of $51.4 million and
shareholders' equity of $11.3 million.

     The Bank is a national banking association operating through
offices in Herrin and Carterville, Illinois, serving Williamson,
Franklin and Jackson Counties in southeastern Illinois.  The principal
business of the Bank historically has consisted of attracting deposits
from the general public and investing these deposits in loans secured by
first mortgages on single-family residences in the Bank's market area.
The Bank derives its income principally from interest earned on loans
and, to a lesser extent, interest earned on mortgage-backed and related
securities and investment securities and noninterest income.  Funds for
these activities are provided principally by operating revenues,
deposits and repayments of outstanding loans and mortgage-backed and
related securities.

     The Bank maintains offices in Herrin and Carterville Illinois,
both located in Williamson County.  There are 3,000 residences in Herrin
and approximately 23,000 occupied housing units in Williamson County.
The median housing price in Herrin is $43,000.00. The Bank also serves
Jackson and Franklin Counties, which have similar characteristics.

     The Bank is the successor to the Association.  The Association
converted to a national banking association immediately following its
conversion to stock form, which was consummated on June 28, 1996.  As


                              - 38 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
part of the Stock Conversion, the Association became a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company which acquired all of the Association's newly
issued capital stock with the proceeds from a public offering of the
Company's Common Stock.

     As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and
subject to regulation and examination by, the Federal Reserve.  The Bank
is subject to comprehensive examination, supervision, and regulation by
the OCC.  Because the Bank was formerly chartered as a savings
association, the Bank's deposits are insured by the SAIF of the FDIC up
to the applicable limits for each depositor.

     The executive offices of the Company are located at 318 South Park
Avenue, Herrin, Illinois 62948-3604, and its main telephone number is
(618) 942-7373.

BUSINESS OF BANTERRA CORP.

     Banterra, an Illinois corporation, was organized in 1981 to serve
as the holding company for Banterra Bank.  At December 31, 1998, on a
consolidated basis, Banterra and Banterra Bank had total assets of
$549.1 million, total deposits of $500.0 million and total shareholders'
equity of $54.2 million.

     Banterra Bank, which operates 14 banking offices in Illinois and
Kentucky, is engaged in the general banking business of accepting funds
for deposit, making loans, renting safe deposit boxes and performing
such other banking services as are usual and customary of banks of
similar size and character.

     The business of Banterra consists primarily of the ownership,
supervision and control of Banterra Bank and Banterra Insurance.  In
addition to customary banking services, Banterra Bank provides mortgage
loan servicing and offers lending through its Small Business Lending
Center.  Banterra Insurance offers all lines of insurance, mutual funds
and fixed and variable annuities.

     The executive offices of Banterra are located at U.S. Route 45
South, Eldorado, Illinois  62930, and its main telephone number is (618)
273-9346.

BUSINESS OF BANTERRA ACQUISITIONCO, INC.

     Acquisitionco is an Illinois corporation and wholly owned
subsidiary of Banterra.  Acquisitionco has conducted no business
operations and was formed solely to consummate the Merger.

     The executive offices of Acquisitionco are located at U.S. Route
45 South, Eldorado, Illinois  62930, and its main telephone number is
(618) 273-9346.



                              - 39 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                     HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.

GENERAL

      The Company.  The Company was incorporated under the laws of the
State of Illinois in January 1996 at the direction of the Board of
Directors of First Federal Savings and Loan Association of Herrin for the
purpose of serving first as a savings institution holding company for the
Association upon its conversion from mutual to stock form, and then as a
bank holding company upon the subsequent conversion of the Association to a
national banking association known as Heartland National Bank.  On June 28,
1996, the Conversion was consummated and the Company completed its initial
public offering of the Common Stock.  A total of 876,875 shares of Common
Stock were sold at $10.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering, after
deducting expenses and the funds necessary to fund the Company's ESOP,
amounted to approximately $7.4 million. Unless otherwise stated herein,
references to the Bank refer to the Bank and its predecessor, the Association.
The Company is registered with and subject to the regulation and supervision
of the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA").

      The Company's principal business is overseeing the business of the
Bank and investing the portion of the net proceeds from its initial public
offering retained by it. The Company has no significant assets other than
its investment in the Bank, a loan to the ESOP and certain cash and cash
equivalents and investment securities. Accordingly, the information set
forth herein relates primarily to the Bank. At December 31, 1998, the
Company had consolidated total assets of $63.3 million, total loans of
$36.4 million, total investment and mortgage-backed securities of $11.3
million, total deposits of $51.4 million and total shareholders' equity of
$11.3 million.

      The Company's executive offices are located at 318 South Park
Avenue, Herrin, Illinois 62948-3604, and its main telephone number is (618)
942-7373.

      The Bank.  The principal business of the Bank historically has
consisted of attracting deposits from the general public and investing
these deposits in loans secured by first mortgages on single-family
residences in its market area. At December 31, 1998, one- to four-family
residential mortgage loans comprised 77.00% of the Bank's total loan
portfolio. The Bank derives its income principally from interest earned on
loans and, to a lesser extent, interest earned on mortgage-backed and
related securities and investment securities and noninterest income. Funds
for these activities are provided principally by operating revenues,
deposits and repayments of outstanding loans and mortgage-backed and
related securities.

      The Bank's deposits are insured by the SAIF up to the applicable
limits for each depositor. The Bank is subject to comprehensive
examination, supervision and regulation by the OCC and the FDIC. This
regulation is intended primarily for the protection of depositors. The Bank
is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis and the Federal Home
Loan Bank of Chicago.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

      General. The Bank's gross loan portfolio totaled $37.0 million at
December 31, 1998, representing 58.40% of the Company's total assets at
that date. It is the Bank's policy to concentrate its lending within the
counties of Williamson, Jackson and Franklin located in southeastern
Illinois.  At December 31, 1998, $28.5 million, or 77.00%, of the Bank's
total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family, residential
mortgage loans.  At December 31, 1998, other loans secured by real estate
included multi-family residential real estate loans, which amounted to $1.0
million, or 2.78%, of the Bank's total loan portfolio, church loans, which
amounted to $1.7 million, or 4.52%, of the Bank's total loan portfolio,
commercial real estate loans which amounted to $3.2 million, or 8.57%, of
the Bank's gross loan portfolio and construction loans which amounted to
$653,000, or 1.77%, of the Bank's gross loan portfolio.

                              - 40 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

      The Bank also is active in the origination of consumer loans, which
primarily consist of loans secured by savings deposits, home improvement
loans, automobile loans and personal loans.  Consumer loans amounted to
$2.0 million, or 5.36%, of the Bank's total loan portfolio at December 31,
1998.

      Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth selected
data relating to the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio by type of
loan at the dates indicated. At December 31, 1998, the Bank had no
concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans other than as
disclosed below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   AT DECEMBER 31,
                                     --------------------------------------------
                                             1998                     1997
                                     -------------------      -------------------
                                     AMOUNT          %        AMOUNT          %
                                     ------          -        ------          -
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
Type of Loan:
- ------------
Real estate loans:
 One- to four-family residential     $28,475       77.00%     $37,546       79.62%
 Multi-family residential              1,028        2.78        1,433        3.04
 Construction                            653        1.77          381        0.81
 Church                                1,671        4.52        1,735        3.68
 Commercial                            3,171        8.57        3,140        6.66
                                     -------      ------      -------      ------
   Total real estate loans           $34,998       94.64      $44,235       93.81
                                     -------      ------      -------      ------

Consumer loans:
 Automobiles                             466        1.26          508        1.08
 Savings account                         384        1.04          477        1.01
 Home improvement                        848        2.29          779        1.65
 Other                                   284         .77        1,157        2.45
                                     -------      ------      -------      ------
   Total consumer loans                1,982        5.36        2,921        6.19
                                     -------      ------      -------      ------

   Total gross loans                 $36,980      100.00%      47,156      100.00%
                                     -------      ======      -------      ======

Less:
 Loans in process                        182                      375
 Deferred service charge                  44                       74
 Allowance for loan losses               372                      400
                                     -------                  -------
   Total                             $36,382                  $46,307
                                     =======                  =======
</TABLE>

Loan Maturity Schedule

      The following table sets forth certain information at December 31,
1998 regarding the dollar amount of loans maturing in the Bank's portfolio
based on their contractual terms to maturity, including scheduled
repayments of principal. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of
repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due in
one year or less. The table does not include any estimate of prepayments
which significantly shorten the average life of all mortgage loans and may
cause the Bank's repayment experience to differ from that shown below.

                              - 41 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DUE AFTER
                                  DUE DURING THE    1 THROUGH         DUE AFTER
                                    YEAR ENDING   5 YEARS AFTER     5 YEARS AFTER
                                    DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,
                                       1999            1998             1998            TOTAL
                                  --------------  -------------     -------------      -------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
One- to four-family residential       $6,437          $7,459          $14,579          $28,475
Multi-family residential                 188              --              840            1,028
Construction                             653              --               --              653
Church                                   249             505              917            1,671
Commercial                               163           1,056             2033            3,252
Consumer                                 638             898              365            1,901
                                      ------          ------          -------          -------
Total                                 $8,328          $9,918          $18,734          $36,980
                                      ======          ======          =======          =======
</TABLE>


     The next table sets forth at December 31, 1998, the dollar amount of
all loans due one year or more after December 31, 1998 which have
predetermined interest rates and have floating or adjustable interest
rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  PREDETERMINED        FLOATING OR
                                      RATE           ADJUSTABLE RATES
                                  -------------      ----------------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>                  <C>
One- to four-family residential      $15,598              $6,440
Multi-family residential                 840                  --
Construction                              --                  --
Church                                 1,347                  75
Commercial                             2,309                 780
Consumer                               1,263                  --
                                     -------              ------
    Total                            $21,357              $7,295
                                     =======              ======
</TABLE>

     Scheduled contractual principal repayments of loans do not reflect
the actual life of such assets. The average life of loans is substantially
less than their contractual terms because of prepayments.  In addition,
due-on-sale clauses on loans generally give the Bank the right to declare a
loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the
borrower sells the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is
not repaid. The average life of mortgage loans tends to increase when
current mortgage loan market rates are substantially higher than rates on
existing mortgage loans and, conversely, decreases when current mortgage
loan market rates are substantially lower than rates on existing mortgage
loans.

     Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans.  The Bank generally has
authority to originate and purchase loans secured by real estate located
throughout the United States. Consistent with its emphasis on being a
community-oriented financial institution, the Bank concentrates its lending
activities in its market area.

                              - 42 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to
the Bank's loan originations for the periods indicated.  There were nine
fixed rate mortgage loans totaling $510,000 that were originated into the
secondary market during 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       ------------------------
                                       1998                1997
                                       ----                ----
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>                <C>
Loans originated:
Real estate loans:
 One- to four-family residential      $2,773              $9,253
 Multi-family residential                 --                 420
 Construction                            629               1,539
 Church                                   --                 795
 Commercial                              445               1,705
Consumer loans                         1,874               2,823
                                      ------             -------
 Total loans originated               $5,721             $16,535
                                      ======             =======
</TABLE>

     The Bank's loan originations are derived from a number of sources,
including referrals by realtors, depositors and borrowers, as well as walk-
in customers. The Bank's solicitation programs consist of advertisements in
local media, in addition to occasional participation in various community
organizations and events. Real estate loans are originated by the Bank's
loan officers. All of the Bank's loan officers are salaried, and the Bank
does not compensate loan officers on a commission basis for loans
originated.  Loan applications are accepted at each of the Bank's offices.

     Loan Underwriting Policies.  The Bank's lending activities are
subject to the Bank's written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards
and to loan origination procedures prescribed by the Bank's Board of
Directors and its management. Detailed loan applications are obtained to
determine the borrower's ability to repay, and the more significant items
on these applications are verified through the use of credit reports,
financial statements and confirmations. Property valuations are performed
by appraisers approved by the Bank's Board of Directors.  All residential
real estate loans and all consumer loans in excess of an individual loan
officer's approval authority must be approved by the Bank's Loan Committee,
which consists of the President of the Bank and two other directors.  All
multi-family real estate loans and commercial real estate loans must be
approved by the full Board of Directors.  Individual officers of the Bank
have been granted authority by the Board of Directors to approve consumer
loans up to varying specified dollar amounts, depending upon the type of
loan.

     Currently, applications for fixed-rate, single-family real estate
loans are underwritten and documented in accordance with the standards of
the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") and the Federal
National Mortgage Association ("FNMA"). Prior to October 1994, however, the
Bank did not use FHLMC and FNMA documents to close its loans.  It is the
Bank's policy to record a lien on the real estate securing the loan and to
obtain title insurance or a lawyer's opinion of title which insures that
the property is free of prior encumbrances.  Borrowers also must obtain
hazard insurance policies prior to closing and, when the property is in a
flood plain as designated by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development, paid flood insurance policies.  Earthquake insurance also is
required on all real estate loans except land loans.  Mine subsidence
insurance also is required when the property securing the loan is located
in an area that has been determined to be undermined.

     Federal regulations require that all appraisals performed in
connection with federally related transactions must be performed by state-
certified or state-licensed appraisers.  Federally related transactions are
defined to include real estate-related financial transactions which the OCC
regulates, and would include mortgages made by the Bank.  Appraisals by
state-certified appraisers will be required for all such transactions

                              - 43 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
having a value of $1.0 million or more.  The OCC is authorized to determine
other circumstances in which appraisals must be performed by state-certified
appraisers.  The OCC has adopted regulations requiring that all real estate-
related financial transactions engaged in by national banking associations
having a transaction value of $250,000 or more, other than those involving
appraisals of one- to four-family residential properties, require an appraisal
performed by a state- certified appraiser. One- to four-family residential
property financing may require an appraisal by a state-certified appraiser if
the amount involved exceeds $1.0 million or the financing involves a "complex"
one- to four-family property appraisal. Exceptions are made for financings
in which the transaction value is$250,000 or less or when the lien is not
necessary security. Illinois currently has a certification program in effect.
It is the policy of the Bank that appraisals be obtained in connection with
all loans for the purchase of real estate or to refinance real estate loans
where the existing mortgage is held by a party other than the Bank.

     The Bank is permitted to lend up to 95% of the appraised value of
the real property securing a mortgage loan.  The Bank is required by
federal regulations to obtain private mortgage insurance on that portion of
the principal amount of any loan that is 80% or greater of the appraised
value of the property.  The Bank will make a single-family residential
mortgage loan with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 95% and to require
private mortgage insurance for loan amounts in excess of 80%.  The maximum
loan-to-value ratio permitted on land loans is 50%.  The Bank generally
limits the loan-to-value ratio on commercial and multi-family real estate
mortgage loans to 70%.

     Under applicable law, with certain limited exceptions, loans and
extensions of credit by a national banking association to a person
outstanding at one time shall not exceed 15% of the institution's
unimpaired capital and surplus. Loans and extensions of credit fully
secured by readily marketable collateral may comprise an additional 10% of
unimpaired capital and surplus. The Bank's loans to one borrower were
limited to $1.5 million at December 31, 1998.  At December 31, 1998, the
Bank had no lending relationships in excess of the loans-to-one-borrower
limit.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank's largest loan was a $567,000 loan
to a local law firm and the Bank's next four largest loans ranged from
$410,000 to $522,000.  All five loans were current and continued to perform
in accordance with their terms at December 31, 1998.

     Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected principally
by competitive factors, the demand for such loans and the supply of funds
available for lending purposes.  These factors are, in turn, affected by
general economic conditions, monetary policies of the federal government,
including the Federal Reserve, legislative tax policies and government
budgetary matters.

     One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending.  The Bank
historically has been and continues to be an originator of one- to four-
family, residential real estate loans in its primary market area.  At
December 31, 1998, one- to four-family, residential mortgage loans, totaled
$28.5 million, or 77.00%, of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

     The Bank originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgage
loans. The Bank offers fixed rate mortgage loans with terms of up to 20
years.  All fixed rate mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market. The
Bank originates one and three-year adjustable rate loans with terms of up
to 30 years.  Since October 1994, the adjustable rate loans originated by
the Bank are indexed to the one or three-year Treasury Bill rate, adjusted
for constant maturity.  Approximately $10.8 million of the Bank's
adjustable rate loans at December 31, 1998 were tied to this index. Rate
adjustments on one-year adjustable rate loans are limited to a maximum of
two percentage points per adjustment and six percentage points over the
life of the loan.  Rate adjustments on three-year adjustable rate loans are
limited to a maximum of three percentage points per adjustment and
six percentage points over the life of the loan.

     Adjustable rate loans originated prior to October 1994 were indexed
to the FHLB Average Interest Rate Paid on Previously Occupied Homes.
Changes in this index generally lag changes in other indices.  Interest
rates

                              - 44 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

on such loans are not adjusted based upon an increment over such rate but
adjust based upon the changes in such rate, subject to floors and ceilings
on the rate.  As of December 31, 1998, approximately $2.9 million of the
Bank's adjustable rate loans had been originated in accordance with these
terms.

     The retention of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in the Bank's loan
portfolio helps reduce the Bank's exposure to changes in interest rates.
However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential
increased costs to the borrower as a result of repricing of adjustable-rate
mortgage loans.  It is possible that during periods of rising interest
rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate and short-term or callable
fixed-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of
interest cost to the borrower.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that
yields on the Bank's adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to
compensate for increases in the Bank's cost of funds.

     Multi-Family and Commercial Real Estate Lending.  The Bank's multi-
family residential loan portfolio consists primarily of loans secured by
small apartment buildings. The Bank's commercial real estate loan portfolio
consists  primarily of loans to finance the acquisition of small retail
establishments and distribution centers.  Such loans generally range in
size from $3,000 to $567,000.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank had $1.0
million of multi-family residential loans and $3.2 million of commercial
real estate loans, which amounted to 2.78% and 8.57%, respectively, of the
Bank's total loan portfolio at such date. Multi-family and commercial real
estate loans are generally underwritten with loan-to-value ratios of up to
70% of the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price of the
property. Generally, such loans are made for ten-year terms and may provide
for a balloon payment at the end of such term.  The maximum term for these
types of loans is 20 years.  Because of the inherently greater risk
involved in this type of lending, the Bank generally limits its multi-
family and commercial real estate lending to borrowers within its market
area with which it has had prior experience.

     Multi-family residential and commercial real estate lending entails
significant additional risks as compared with single-family residential
property lending. Multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans
typically involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of
related borrowers. The payment experience on such loans typically is
dependent on the successful operation of the real estate project. These
risks can be significantly impacted by supply and demand conditions in the
market for office and retail and residential space, and, as such, may be
subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the economy generally.
To minimize these risks, the Bank generally limits itself to its market
area or to borrowers with which it has prior experience or who are
otherwise well known to the Bank.  It has been the Bank's policy to obtain
annual financial statements of the project for which commercial and multi-
family residential real estate loans are made. In addition, in the case of
commercial mortgage loans made to a partnership or a corporation, the Bank
seeks, whenever possible, to obtain personal guarantees and annual
financial statements of the principals of the partnership or corporation.

     Church Lending.  The Bank's loan portfolio includes a number of real
estate loans made to finance the construction or acquisition of church
properties located in the Bank's market area.  At December 31, 1998, the
Bank had eight church loans aggregating approximately $1.7 million, the
largest of which had a balance outstanding of $522,000.  Such loans are
generally originated on a fixed rate basis at a rate approximately 0.5%
higher than the fixed rate charged on one- to four-family residential real
estate loans.  The maximum term on church loans is generally 15 years.

     Construction Lending.  On a limited basis, the Bank also offers
construction loans to qualified borrowers for construction of single-family
residences in the Bank's market area. Typically, the Bank limits its
construction lending to individuals who are building their primary
residences or to a limited number of local builders with whom the Bank has
substantial experience for the construction of a maximum of two one- to
four-family residential properties.  These loans generally provide for a
six-month construction period with only interest being paid during such
time and convert to a permanent loan at the end of the construction period.
Construction loans are underwritten in accordance with the same standards
as the Bank's mortgages on existing

                             - 45 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

properties.  Construction loans generally have a maximum loan-to-value ratio
of 80% of the appraised value of the property on an "as completed basis."
Borrowers must satisfy all credit requirements which would apply to the Bank's
permanent mortgage loan financing for the subject property.

     Construction financing generally is considered to involve a higher
degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real
estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the
accuracy of the initial estimate of the property's value at completion of
construction or development and the estimated cost (including interest) of
construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could
result in delays and cost overruns.  If the estimate of construction costs
proves to be inaccurate, the Bank may be required to advance funds beyond
the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If
the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the Bank may be confronted,
at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project having a value
which is insufficient to assure full repayment. The ability of a developer
to sell developed lots or completed dwelling units will depend on, among
other things, demand, pricing, availability of comparable properties and
economic conditions.  The Bank has sought to minimize this risk by limiting
construction lending to qualified borrowers in the Bank's market area and
by limiting the aggregate amount of outstanding construction loans. At
December 31, 1998, construction loans amounted to $653,000, or 1.77%, of
the Bank's loan portfolio.

     Consumer Lending.  The consumer loans originated by the Bank include
loans secured by savings deposits, home improvement loans, automobile
loans, home equity loans, unsecured loans and personal loans.   At December
31, 1998, consumer loans totaled $2.0 million, or 5.36%, of the Bank's
total loan portfolio.

     Automobile loans are secured by both new and used cars and,
depending on the creditworthiness of the borrower, may be made for up to
90% of the dealer's invoice plus destination and local charges, or, with
respect to used automobiles, the loan value as published by the National
Automobile Dealers Association.  New cars are financed for a period of up
to five years, while used cars are financed for up to four and one-half
years depending on the age of the vehicle.  Collision insurance is required
for all automobile loans.  At December 31, 1998, automobile loans totaled
$466,000, or 1.26%, of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

     Home improvement loans generally are made on the security of
residences on which the Bank holds the first mortgage.  The maximum size of
home improvement loans is 85% of the "as completed" appraised value of the
residence, less the outstanding principal of the first mortgage, and have
terms of up to 10 years.  The Bank also participates in the Federal Housing
Authority ("FHA") Title I Home Improvement loan program. Such loans must be
to finance only certain types of improvements up to a maximum loan size of
$7,500. The FHA guarantees 90% of the principal amount of each such loan.
Home improvement loans generally are made on a fixed-rate basis.  At
December 31, 1998, home improvement loans amounted to $848,000, or 2.29%,
of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

     The Bank makes deposit account loans for up to 90% of the
depositor's deposit account balance.  The interest rate is normally 2%
above the rate paid on the deposit account, and the account must be pledged
as collateral to secure the loan.  Interest generally is billed on a
quarterly basis.  At December 31, 1998, loans on deposit accounts totaled
$384,000, or 1.04%, of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

     Consumer lending affords the Bank the opportunity to earn yields
higher than those obtainable on single-family residential lending or
agricultural lending.  However, consumer loans entail greater risk than do
residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of loans which are
unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles.
Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an
adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of
the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining
deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts
against the borrower. In addition, consumer and credit card loan
collections are dependent on the borrower's

                              - 46 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely
affected by events such as job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

     Loan Fees and Servicing.  In addition to interest earned on loans,
the Bank receives fees in connection with late payments and for
miscellaneous services related to its loans.  During 1998, the Bank began
charging a $250 loan origination fee on all loans.  The Bank generally does
not service loans for others and has earned minimal income from this
activity.

     Nonperforming Loans and Other Problem Assets. It is management's
policy to continually monitor its loan portfolio to anticipate and address
potential and actual delinquencies.  When a borrower fails to make a
payment on a loan, the Bank takes immediate steps to have the delinquency
cured and the loan restored to current status. All loans originated since
October 1994 provide that a late fee of 5% of principal and interest due
will be due after a payment is 15 days delinquent. Loans originated prior
to October 1994 provided that no late fee would be assessed until a payment
was 40 days or more delinquent, at which time a late fee was assessed equal
to 5% of principal and interest.  As a matter of policy, the Bank will
contact the borrower after a payment is 45 days delinquent. Computer
generated notices are sent out prior to this time.  If payment is not
promptly received, the borrower is contacted again, and efforts are made to
formulate an affirmative plan to cure the delinquency. Generally, after any
loan is delinquent 90 days or more, formal legal proceedings are commenced
to collect amounts owed.

     Loans generally are placed on nonaccrual status if the loan becomes
past due more than 90 days, except in instances where in management's
judgment there is no doubt as to full collectibility of principal and
interest, or management concludes that payment in full is not likely.
Consumer loans are generally charged off, or any expected loss is reserved
for, after they become more than 120 days past due. All other loans are
charged off when management concludes that they are uncollectible.

     Real estate acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure is
classified as real estate acquired through foreclosure until such time as
it is sold.  When such property is acquired, it is recorded at the lower of
cost or its fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any required write-
down of the loan to its fair value less estimated selling costs upon
foreclosure is charged against the allowance for loan losses.

                              - 47 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth information with respect to the
Bank's nonperforming assets at the dates indicated. There were no
restructured loans within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 15.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------
                                                          1998           1997
                                                          ----           ----
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:<F1>
Real estate loans:
 One- to four-family residential                         $ 478          $ 534
 Multi-family residential                                   --             --
 Church                                                     --             --
 Commercial                                                 --             --
Commercial                                                  --             --
Consumer                                                    --             85
                                                         -----          -----
 Total                                                   $ 478          $ 619
                                                         =====          =====

Accruing loans which are contractually
 past due 90 days or more:
 Real estate:
   Residential                                           $  --          $  --
   Commercial                                               --             --
 Consumer                                                   15             --
                                                         -----          -----
   Total                                                    15             --
                                                         -----          -----
    Total nonperforming loans                            $ 493          $ 619
                                                         =====          =====

Percentage of total loans                                 1.36%          1.34%
Other nonperforming assets<F2>                           $ 293          $ 239

<FN>
- -----------
<F1> Non-accrual status denotes loans on which, in the opinion of
     management, the collection of additional interest is unlikely.
     Payments received on a nonaccrual loan are either applied to the
     outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income,
     depending on management's assessment of the collectibility of the
     loan.

<F2> Other nonperforming assets represents property acquired by the Bank
     through foreclosure. This property is carried at the lower of its
     fair market value or the principal balance of the related loan,
     whichever is lower.
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1998, nonaccrual loans amounted to $478,000 as
compared to $619,000 at December 31, 1997.  The residential nonaccrual
loans consisted of 12 single-family home loans with outstanding balances at
December 31, 1998 ranging from $10,000 to $58,000.  Consumer nonaccrual
loans at December 31, 1998 were $0 as compared to $85,000 at December 31,
1997.  The decrease in total nonaccrual loans was due to increased
collection efforts.

     During the year ended December 31, 1998, gross interest income of
$13,000 would have been recorded on loans accounted for on a nonaccrual
basis if the loans had been current throughout the respective periods.
There were no restructured loans during the periods.

     At December 31, 1998, there were no loans which were not currently
classified as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured but where known
information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management
to have serious concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with
present loan repayment terms and may result in disclosure as non-accrual,
90 days past due or restructured.

     Real estate acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at
the lower of cost (net loan receivable balance at date of foreclosure) or
fair value less estimated selling costs.  Fair value is defined as the
amount in

                              - 48 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

cash or cash-equivalent value of other consideration that a real estate parcel
would yield in a current sale between a willing buyer and a willing seller, as
measured by market transactions.  If a market does not exist, fair value of the
item is estimated based on selling prices of similar items in active markets
or, if there are no active markets for similar items, by discounting a forecast
of expected cash flows at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Fair
value is generally determined through an appraisal at the time of foreclosure.
The Bank records a valuation allowance for estimated selling costs of the
property immediately after foreclosure.  Subsequent to foreclosure, real estate
acquired through foreclosure is periodically evaluated by management and an
allowance for loss is established if the estimated fair value of the property,
less estimated costs to sell, declines.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank had
$293,000 in estate owned, consisting of five single-family residences and one
parcel of property consisting of various lots in a subdivision in Murphysboro,
Illinois.

     Federal regulations require national banking associations to
classify their assets on the basis of quality on a regular basis. An asset
is classified as substandard if it is determined to be inadequately
protected by the current retained earnings and paying capacity of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  An asset is classified as
doubtful if full collection is highly questionable or improbable.  An asset
is classified as loss if it is considered uncollectible, even if a partial
recovery could be expected in the future.  The regulations also provide for
a special mention designation, described as assets which do not currently
expose a national bank to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant
classification but do possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses
deserving management's close attention. Assets classified as substandard or
doubtful require a national bank to establish general allowances for loan
losses. If an asset or portion thereof is classified as loss, a national
bank must either establish a specific allowance for loss in the amount of
the portion of the asset classified as loss, or charge off such amount.
Federal examiners may disagree with a bank's classifications.  If a bank
does not agree with an examiner's classification of an asset, it may appeal
this determination to the District Manager of the OCC. The Bank regularly
reviews its assets to determine whether any assets require classification
or re-classification.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank had $1,200,000 in
classified assets, which consisted of $1,200,000 in assets classified as
substandard and no assets classified as loss.

     Allowance for Loan Losses.  In originating loans, the Bank
recognizes that credit losses will be experienced and that the risk of
loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the
creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan, general
economic conditions and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the
security for the loan.  It is management's policy to maintain an adequate
allowance for loan losses based on, among other things, the Bank's and the
industry's historical loan loss experience, evaluation of economic
conditions, regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality and
evolving standards imposed by federal bank examiners.  The Bank increases
its allowance for loan losses by charging provisions for loan losses
against the Bank's income.  During the year ended December 31, 1998, the
Bank made a $106,000 provision to the allowance for loan losses on the
basis of management's assessment of the level of risk in the loan
portfolio. Among other factors, management believed that this amount was
warranted because of charges made against the reserve during 1998 as well
as the risks posed by the Bank's overall loan portfolio.

     Management will continue to monitor actively the Bank's asset
quality and allowance for loan losses. Management will charge off loans and
properties acquired in settlement of loans against the allowances for
losses on such loans and such properties when appropriate and will provide
specific loss allowances when necessary. Although management believes it
uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to
the allowances for losses and believes such allowances are adequate, future
adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially
from the economic conditions in the assumptions used in making the initial
determinations.

     The Bank's methodology for establishing the allowance for loan
losses takes into consideration probable losses that have been identified
in connection with specific assets as well as losses that have not been
identified but can be expected to occur. Management conducts regular
reviews of the Bank's assets and

                              - 49 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
evaluates the need to establish allowances on the basis of this review.
Assets reviewed include nonaccrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more
delinquent, loans modified in troubled debt restructurings and real estate
owned, as well as any additional classified loans or loans not failing
within any of the above categories but where known information about
possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious
concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with loan repayment
terms and may result in disclosure of the loans as nonaccrual, 90 days past
due or restructured.  Allowances are established by the Board of Directors
on a quarterly basis based on an assessment of risk in the Bank's assets
taking into consideration the composition and quality of the portfolio,
delinquency trends, current charge-off and loss experience, loan
concentrations, the state of the real estate market, regulatory reviews
conducted in the regulatory examination process and economic conditions
generally. Additional provisions for losses on loans are made in order to
bring the allowance to a level deemed adequate.  Specific reserves will be
provided for individual assets, or portions of assets, when ultimate
collection is considered improbable by management based on the current
payment status of the assets and the fair value of the security. At the
date of foreclosure or other repossession or at the date the Bank
determines a property is an "in-substance foreclosed" property, the Bank
would transfer the property to real estate acquired in settlement of loans
at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any
portion of the outstanding loan balance in excess of fair value less
estimated selling costs would be charged off against the allowance for loan
losses.  If, upon ultimate disposition of the property, net sales proceeds
exceed the net carrying value of the property, a gain on sale of real
estate would be recorded.

     OCC policy requires maintenance of an adequate allowance for loan
and lease losses and an effective loan review system. This policy includes
an arithmetic formula for checking the reasonableness of an institution's
allowance for loan loss estimate compared to the average loss experience of
the industry as a whole.  Examiners will review an institution's allowance
for loan losses and compare it against the sum of the following:  (i) up to
60% of the portfolio that is classified doubtful; (ii) up to 25% of the
portfolio that is classified as substandard; and (iii) for the portions of
the portfolio that have not been classified (including those loans
designated as special mention), estimated credit losses over the upcoming
12 months given the facts and circumstances as of the evaluation date.
This amount is considered neither a "floor" nor a "safe harbor" of the
level of allowance for loan losses an institution should maintain, but
examiners will view a shortfall relative to the amount as an indication
that they should review management's policy on allocating these allowances
to determine whether it is reasonable based on all relevant factors.

     The following table sets forth an analysis of the Bank's allowance
for loan losses for the periods indicated.  There were $141,000 of loans
charged off during 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            -----------------------
                                              1998           1997
                                              ----           ----
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>
  Balance at beginning of period             $ 400          $ 300
  Charge-offs                                 (141)           (60)
  Recoveries                                     7              4
  Provision for loan losses                    106            156
                                             -----          -----
  Balance at end of period                   $ 372          $ 400
                                             =====          =====
  Ratio of net charge-offs to average
   loans outstanding during the period        0.32%          0.12%
</TABLE>

                                - 50 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table allocates the allowance for loan losses by loan
category at the dates indicated. The allocation of the allowance to each
category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not
restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  AT DECEMBER 31,
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                           1998                     1997
                                   --------------------     --------------------
                                            PERCENT OF               PERCENT OF
                                             LOANS IN                 LOANS IN
                                            CATEGORY TO              CATEGORY TO
                                   AMOUNT   TOTAL LOANS     AMOUNT   TOTAL LOANS
                                   ------   -----------     ------   -----------
                                                     (DOLLARS
                                                   IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>
Real estate - mortgage:
  One- to four-family residential   $286       77.00%        $318       79.62%
  Multi-family residential            10        2.78           12        3.04
  Construction                         7        1.77            3        0.81
  Church                              17        4.52           15        3.68
  Commercial                          32        8.57           27        6.66
Consumer                              20        5.36           25        6.19
                                    ----      ------         ----      ------
  Total allowance for loan losses   $372      100.00%        $400      100.00%
                                    ====      ======         ====      ======
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     The Bank is permitted under federal law to make certain investments,
including investments in securities issued by various federal agencies and
state and municipal governments, deposits at the FHLB of Chicago, mortgage-
backed and related securities, certificates of deposits in federally
insured institutions, certain bankers' acceptances and federal funds.  It
also may invest, subject to certain limitations, in commercial paper having
one of the two highest investment ratings of a nationally recognized credit
rating agency, and certain other types of corporate debt securities and
mutual funds. Federal regulations require the Bank to maintain an
investment in FHLB and Federal Reserve stock and a minimum amount of liquid
assets which may be invested in cash and specified securities.

     The investment policy of the Company and the Bank currently allows
for investment in various types of mortgage-backed and related securities,
liquid assets, including United States Government and Agency securities,
time deposits at the FHLB of Chicago, certificates of deposit or bankers'
acceptances at other federally insured depository institutions subject to
certain limitations, and obligations of states and political subdivisions.
Generally, the objectives of the Bank's investment policy are to  (i)
maximize returns, (ii) provide and maintain liquidity within the guidelines
of OCC regulations, (iii) maintain a balance of high-quality, diversified
investments to minimize risk, (iv) provide collateral for pledging
requirements, (v) serve as a counter-cyclical balance to the loan
portfolio, (vi) manage interest rate risk, and (vii) insure compliance with
all regulatory requirements. In accordance with the investment policy, at
December 31, 1998, the Company and the Bank had investments in U.S.
Government and agency notes, obligations of state and political
subdivisions, interest-earning deposits and certificates of deposit and
FHLB of Chicago stock and Federal Reserve stock.

     Mortgage-Backed and Related Securities.  Mortgage-backed securities
represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-
family mortgages, the principal and interest payments on which are passed
from the mortgage originators through intermediaries that pool and
repackage the participation interest in the form of securities to investors
such as the Bank. Such intermediaries may include quasi-governmental
agencies such as GNMA, which are guaranteed as the payment of principal and
interest by the U.S. Government, and FHLMC and FNMA, which are guaranteed
by those agencies only. Mortgage-backed securities generally increase the
quality of the Bank's assets by virtue of the guarantees that back them,
are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to
collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank.

                              - 51 -
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated
principal amounts and the securities are backed by pools of mortgages that
have loans with interest rates that are within a range and have similar
maturities. The underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either
fixed-rate or adjustable-rate mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities
generally are referred to as mortgage participation certificates or pass-
through certificates. As a result, the interest rate risk characteristics
of the underlying pool of mortgages, i.e., fixed-rate or adjustable-rate,
as well as prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder.  The
life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life of the
underlying mortgages.

     The actual maturity of a mortgage-backed security varies, depending
on when the mortgagors prepay or repay the underlying mortgages.
Prepayments of the underlying mortgages may shorten the life of the
investment, thereby adversely affecting its yield to maturity and the
related market value of the mortgage-backed security. The yield is based
upon the interest income and the amortization of the premium or accretion
of the discount related to the mortgage-backed security.  Premiums and
discounts on mortgage-backed securities are amortized or accredited over
the estimated term of the securities using a level yield method.  The
prepayment assumptions used to determine the amortization period for
premiums and discounts can significantly affect the yield of the mortgage-
backed security, and these assumptions are reviewed periodically to reflect
the actual prepayment.  The actual prepayments of the underlying mortgages
depend on many factors, including the type of mortgage, the coupon rate,
the age of the mortgages, the geographical location of the underlying real
estate collateralizing the mortgages and general levels of market interest
rates. The difference between the interest rates on the underlying
mortgages and the prevailing mortgage interest rates is an important
determinant in the rate of prepayments.  During periods of falling mortgage
interest rates, prepayments generally increase, and, conversely, during
periods of rising mortgage interest rates, prepayments generally decrease.
If the coupon rate of the underlying mortgage significantly exceeds the
prevailing market interest rates offered for mortgage loans, refinancing
generally increases and accelerates the prepayment of the underlying
mortgages. Prepayment experience is more difficult to estimate for
adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities.

     Mortgage-related securities are typically issued by a special
purpose entity, which may be organized in a variety of legal forms, such as
a trust, a corporation or a partnership.  The entity aggregates pools of
pass-through securities, which are used to collateralize the mortgage-
related securities.  Once combined, the cash flows can be divided into
"tranches" or "classes" of individual securities, thereby creating more
predictable average lives for each security than the underlying pass-
through pools.  Accordingly, under this security structure, all principal
paydowns from the various mortgage pools are allocated to a mortgage-
related securities' class or classes structured to have priority until it
has been paid off.  These securities generally have fixed interest rates,
and, as a result, changes in interest rates generally would affect the
market value and possibly the prepayment rates of such securities.

     Some mortgage-related securities instruments are like traditional
debt instruments due to their stated principal amounts and traditionally
defined interest rate terms. Purchasers of certain other mortgage-related
securities instruments are entitled to the excess, if any, of the issuer's
cash flows.  These mortgage-related securities instruments may include
instruments designated as residual interest and are riskier in that they
could result in the loss of a portion of the original investment.  Cash
flows from residual interests are very sensitive to prepayments and, thus,
contain a high degree of interest rate risk.

     The Bank's mortgage-backed and related securities portfolio consists
primarily of seasoned fixed-rate and adjustable rate mortgage-backed and
related securities.  The Bank makes such investments in order to manage
cash flow, diversify assets and obtain yield.

                              - 52 -

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company's
investments on a consolidated basis at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              AT DECEMBER 31,
                                          ----------------------
                                          1998              1997
                                          ----              ----
                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>               <C>
 Securities available for sale:<F1>
   U.S. Government and agency and
     municipal securities               $ 1,145           $ 1,714
   Collateral mortgage obligations           --                --
   Mortgage-backed securities               661             1,249

 Securities held to maturity:
   U.S. government and agency and
     municipal securities                 5,287             5,627
   Mortgage-backed securities             4,251             5,737
                                         ------            ------
     Total investment securities         11,344            14,327

 Cash and cash equivalents               10,220             3,319
 Certificates of deposit                  1,379                95
 FHLB and FRB stock                         539               577
                                        -------           -------
     Total investments                  $23,482           $18,318
                                        =======           =======

<FN>
- -----------
<F1> The carrying value of securities available for sale is the market
     value.
</TABLE>

                              - 53 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth information in the scheduled
maturities, amortized cost, market values and average yields for the
Company's investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolio at December
31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        ONE YEAR OR LESS        ONE TO FIVE YEARS         FIVE TO TEN YEARS
                                      --------------------     --------------------     ---------------------
                                      CARRYING     AVERAGE     CARRYING     AVERAGE     CARRYING      AVERAGE
                                        VALUE       YIELD        VALUE       YIELD        VALUE        YIELD
                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Securities available for sale:
 U.S. government, agency and
   municipal securities                $  252        6.34%      $  893        6.14%        $ --           --%
 Mortgage-backed securities               532        6.87          129        6.91           --           --

Securities held to maturity:
 U.S. government, agency and
   municipal securities                 3,704        5.45        1,358        6.17          225         5.38
 Mortgage-backed securities                --          --        2,649        6.01          548         6.94
                                       ------                   ------                     ----

Total                                  $4,488        5.67%      $5,029%       6.10%        $773         6.48%
                                       ======                   ======                     ====

<CAPTION>
                                       MORE THAN TEN YEARS        TOTAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
                                      --------------------     ---------------------------------
                                      CARRYING     AVERAGE     CARRYING      MARKET      AVERAGE
                                        VALUE       YIELD        VALUE       VALUE        YIELD
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>
Securities available for sale:
 U.S. government, agency and
   municipal securities                $   --          --%     $ 1,145     $ 1,145         6.18%
 Mortgage-backed securities                --          --          661         661         6.18

Securities held to maturity:
 U.S. government, agency and
   municipal securities                    --          --        5,287       5,320         5.63
 Mortgage-backed securities             1,054        7.45        4,251       4,285         6.49
                                       ------                  -------     -------

Total                                  $1,054        7.45%     $11,344     $11,411         6.08%
                                       ======                  =======     =======
</TABLE>

                              - 54 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

DEPOSIT ACTIVITY AND OTHER SOURCES OF FUNDS

     General.  Deposits are the primary source of the Bank's funds for
lending, investment activities and general operational purposes. In
addition to deposits, the Bank derives funds from loan principal and
interest repayments, maturities of investment securities and mortgage-
backed and related securities and interest payments thereon. Although loan
repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, deposit inflows and
outflows are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money
market conditions. Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis to
compensate for reductions in the availability of funds, or on a longer term
basis for general operational purposes.

     Deposits.  The Bank attracts deposits principally from within its
market area by offering a variety of deposit instruments, including
checking accounts, NOW accounts, regular savings accounts, Individual
Retirement Accounts, and certificates of deposit which range in maturity
from 90 days to three years. Deposit terms vary according to the minimum
balance required, the length of time the funds must remain on deposit and
the interest rate. Maturities, terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties
for its deposit accounts are established by the Bank on a periodic basis.
The Bank reviews its deposit mix and pricing on a weekly basis. In
determining the characteristics of its deposit accounts, the Bank considers
the rates offered by competing institutions, funds acquisition and
liquidity requirements, growth goals and federal regulations. Management
believes it prices its deposits comparably to rates offered by its
competitors.  The Bank does not accept brokered deposits.

     The Bank competes for deposits with other institutions in its market
areas by offering deposit instruments that are competitively priced and by
providing customer service through convenient and attractive offices,
knowledgeable and efficient staff and hours of service that meet customers'
needs. Substantially all of the Bank's depositors are Illinois residents.

     Savings deposits in the Company on a consolidated basis at December
31, 1998 were represented by the various types of savings programs
described below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     INTEREST          MINIMUM                                      MINIMUM        BALANCES        PERCENTAGE OF
       RATE              TERM                 CATEGORY              AMOUNT       IN THOUSANDS      TOTAL SAVINGS
     --------          -------                --------              -------      ------------      -------------
     <C>               <C>            <C>                           <C>            <C>                <C>
     N/A%              None           Non-interest bearing accounts     N/A        $ 1,042              2.03%
     3.84-4.23         None           Passbook accounts             $ 10.00          7,222             14.04
     2.83-3.33         None           NOW accounts                    50.00          7,669             14.92
     4.08              12 Month       Christmas Club                   5.00             10               .02

                                      Certificates of Deposit
                                      -----------------------

     4.30-4.32         91 days        Fixed-term, fixed-rate          2,500            441               .86
     4.74-4.82         6 month        Fixed-term, fixed-rate          2,500          3,708              7.21
     5.30-5.37         12 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500          7,413             14.42
     5.73-5.77         18 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500          5,822             11.32
     5.86-5.91         30 month       Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500          6,364             12.38
     5.60-5.98         3 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500            863              1.68
     5.95-6.05         4 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500            402               .78
     5.43-5.79         5 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500            614              1.19
     6.04-6.26         6 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500          1,095              2.13
     6.49-6.85         8 year         Fixed-term, fixed-rate            500          1,393              2.71
     5.80-5.93         IRAs           Fixed-term, fixed-rate            100          3,292              6.40
     4.29-5.97         Variable       Fixed-term, fixed-rate        100,000          4,007              7.79
     5.98              36 month<F1>   Fixed-term, adjustable-rate     5,000             60               .12
                                                                                   -------            ------
                                                                                   $51,417            100.00%
                                                                                   =======            ======
<FN>
- -----------
<F1> Customer has option at any time during term of certificate to request
     a one-time increase to the then-prevailing 36 month certificate of
     deposit rate.
</TABLE>

                              - 55 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the change in dollar amount of
deposits in the various types of accounts offered by the Company between
the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         INCREASE
                                          BALANCE AT                 (DECREASE) FROM    BALANCE AT
                                         DECEMBER 31,       % OF       DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    % OF
                                            1998           DEPOSITS        1997            1997       DEPOSITS
                                         ------------      --------  ---------------   ------------   --------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Non-interest bearing accounts              $ 1,042           2.03%       $   375         $   667         1.23%
Passbook and regular savings                 7,222          14.04            167           7,055        13.06
NOW                                          7,669          14.91         (1,199)          8,868        16.42
Christmas club                                  10            .02              2               8         0.01
Certificates of deposit                     32,077          62.39         (1,899)         33,976        62.90
IRA                                          3,397           6.61            (51)          3,448         6.38
                                           -------         ------        -------         -------       ------

 Total                                     $51,417         100.00%       $(2,605)        $54,022       100.00%
                                           =======         ======        =======         =======       ======
</TABLE>

     The following table sets forth the average month-end balances and
interest rates for interest-bearing demand deposits and time deposits for
the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        -----------------------------------------------------
                                                 1998                             1997
                                        ----------------------            -------------------
                                        AVERAGE        AVERAGE            AVERAGE     AVERAGE
                                        BALANCE         RATE              BALANCE      RATE
                                        -------        -------            -------     -------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>               <C>          <C>
Savings deposits                        $ 7,105         3.92%             $ 6,934      3.96%
Interest-bearing demand deposits          8,062         2.86                9,059      2.83
Certificates of deposits                 36,135         5.69               36,295      5.68
                                        -------                           -------
Total                                   $51,302                           $52,288
                                        =======                           =======
</TABLE>

     The following table indicates the amount of the Bank's certificates
of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of
December 31, 1998 and at such date represented 7.79% of total deposits and
had a weighted average rate of 5.90%.  The Bank's certificates of deposit
in excess of $100,000 primarily consist of deposits from individual retail
customers.  To the extent the Bank is unable to replace maturing deposits,
it may sell investment securities classified as available for sale.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         CERTIFICATES
MATURITY PERIOD                          OF DEPOSITS
- ---------------                          ------------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>
Three months or less                        $  755
Over three months through six months           868
Over six months through 12 months              486
Over 12 month                                1,898
                                            ------
Total                                       $4,007
                                            ======
</TABLE>

     Borrowings.  Savings deposits historically have been the primary
source of funds for the Bank's lending, investments and general operating
activities. The Bank is authorized, however, to use advances from the FHLB
of Chicago to supplement its supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit
withdrawal requirements. The FHLB of Chicago functions as a central reserve
bank providing credit for savings institutions and certain other member
financial institutions. As a member of the FHLB System, the Bank is
required to own stock in the FHLB of Chicago and is authorized to apply for
advances. Advances are made pursuant to several different

                              - 56 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

 programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.
There were no FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 1998.

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding short-
term borrowings by the Bank at the dates and for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AT DECEMBER 31,
                                              --------------------
                                              1998            1997
                                              ----            ----
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>
   Amounts outstanding at end of period:
    FHLB advances                             $  --         $  750

   Rate paid on:
    FHLB advances                                --%          5.86%

   Maximum amount of borrowings outstanding
    at end of any month end:
    FHLB advances                             $ 750         $1,750

   Approximate average short-term borrowings
    outstanding with respect to:
    FHLB advances                                45          1,375

   Approximate weighted average rate paid on:
    FHLB advances                              5.86%          5.69%

   <FN>
   -----
   <F1> Based on month-end balances.
</TABLE>

SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES

     The Bank has one subsidiary service corporation, Herrin First
Service Corporation.  Herrin First Service Corporation was formed in 1971
by the Bank for the purpose of developing a residential subdivision located
in Herrin.  Such development was completed and all lots were subsequently
sold.  No further development activities have been undertaken or are
planned, and the subsidiary is inactive.  Its assets consist of various
liquid assets totaling $243,000.

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

     The table below sets forth certain performance ratios of the Company
at or for the years indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ------------------------
                                                            1998           1997
                                                            ----           ----
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>
   PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
    Return on assets (net income divided by average
     total assets)                                           -.21%          0.24%
    Return on average shareholders' equity (net income
     divided by average shareholders' equity)               -1.14           1.33
    Interest rate spread (combined weighted average
     interest rate earned less combined weighted
     average interest rate cost)                             2.34           2.41
    Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
     interest-bearing liabilities                          118.60         119.63
    Ratio of noninterest expense to average total assets     3.43           2.84
</TABLE>


                              - 57 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

COMPETITION

     The Bank faces strong competition both in originating real estate,
agriculture, automobile, consumer and other loans and in attracting
deposits. The Bank competes for real estate and other loans principally
on the basis of interest rates, the types of loans it originates and the
quality of services it provides to borrowers. Its competition in
originating real estate loans comes primarily from other savings
institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers making loans secured by
real estate located in the Bank's market area. Commercial banks, credit
unions and finance companies provide vigorous competition in consumer
lending. Competition may increase as a result of the continuing reduction
of restrictions on the interstate operations of financial institutions.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1998, the Company and the Bank had 22 full-time
employees and 2 part-time employees, none of whom was covered by a collective
bargaining agreement, and management considers the Company and the Bank's
relationships with its employees to be good.

PROPERTIES

     The following table sets forth the location and certain additional
information regarding the Bank's offices at December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         BOOK VALUE AT                     DEPOSITS AT
                                    YEAR      OWNED OR    DECEMBER 31,     APPROXIMATE     DECEMBER 31,
                                   OPENED      LEASED        1998        SQUARE FOOTAGE       1998
                                   ------      ------        ----        --------------       ----
MAIN OFFICE:                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
318 South Park Avenue
Herrin, Illinois 62948              1949       Owned         $362             4,678          $45,173

BRANCH OFFICE:

New Route 13 East
Carterville, Illinois 62918         1975       Owned          124             1,895            6,244
</TABLE>


                              - 58 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

GENERAL

     As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation
under the BHCA and its examination and reporting requirements.  Under the
BHCA, a bank holding company may not directly or indirectly acquire the
ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially
all of the assets of any company, including a bank or savings and loan
association, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.  In
addition, bank holding companies are generally prohibited under the BHCA
from engaging in nonbanking activities, subject to certain exceptions.

     The Company and the Bank are subject to supervision and examination
by applicable federal banking agencies.  The earnings of the Bank, and
therefore, the earnings of the Company, are affected by general economic
conditions, management policies and the legislative and governmental
actions of various regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve,
the FDIC and the OCC.  In addition, there are numerous governmental
requirements and regulations that affect the activities of the Company and
the Bank.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

     There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which a bank
holding company and certain of its nonbank subsidiaries can borrow or
otherwise obtain credit from its bank subsidiaries.  In general, these
restrictions require that any such extensions of credit must be on non-
preferential terms and secured by designated amounts of specified
collateral and be limited, as to the holding company or any one of such
nonbank subsidiaries, to 10% of the lending institution's capital stock and
surplus and, as to the holding company and all such nonbank subsidiaries in
the aggregate, to 20% of such capital stock and surplus.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

     The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank.
The principal source of the Company's revenues is dividends from the Bank.
Various federal statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends the Bank
can pay to the Company without regulatory approval.  The approval of the
OCC is required for any dividend if the total of all dividends declared in
any calendar year would exceed the total of the Bank's net profits, as defined
by the OCC, for such year combined with its retained net profits for the
preceding two years.  In addition, a national bank may not pay a dividend in
an amount greater than its net profits then on hand.  The payment of dividends
by the Bank also may be affected by other factors, such as the maintenance of
adequate capital.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY

     The Federal Reserve has issued standards for measuring capital
adequacy for bank holding companies.  These standards are designed to
provide risk-responsive capital guidelines and to incorporate a consistent
framework for use by financial institutions operating in major
international financial markets. The banking regulators have issued
standards for banks that are similar to, but not identical with, the
standards for bank holding companies.

     In general, the risk-related standards require financial
institutions and financial institution holding companies to maintain
certain capital levels based on "risk-adjusted" assets, so that categories
of assets with potentially higher credit risk will require more capital
backing than categories with lower credit risk.  In addition, banks and
bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to support off
balance sheet activities such as loan commitments.  The Company and the
Bank exceed all applicable capital adequacy standards.

                                - 59 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

SUPPORT OF THE BANK

     Under Federal Reserve policy, the Company is expected to act as a
source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support
the Bank in circumstances where it might not choose to do so absent such a
policy.  This support may be required at times when the Company may not
find itself able to provide it.  In addition, any capital loans by the
Company to the Bank also would be subordinate in right of payment to
deposits and certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary.

     Consistent with this policy regarding bank holding companies serving
as a source of financial strength for their subsidiary banks, the Federal
Reserve has stated that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding
company generally should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its
net income available to common shareholders has been sufficient to fully
fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears
consistent with the bank holding company's capital needs, asset quality and
overall financial condition.

FIRREA AND FDICIA

     The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of
1989, as amended ("FIRREA"), contains a cross-guarantee provision that
could result in insured depository institutions owned by the Company being
assessed for losses incurred by the FDIC in connection with assistance
provided to, or the failure of, any other insured depository institution
owned by the Company.  Under FIRREA, failure to meet the capital guidelines
could subject a banking institution to a variety of enforcement remedies
available to federal regulatory authorities, including the termination of
deposit insurance by the FDIC.

     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991,
as amended ("FDICIA"), made extensive changes to the federal banking laws.
FDICIA instituted certain changes to the supervisory process, including
provisions that mandate certain regulatory agency actions against
undercapitalized institutions within specified time limits.  FDICIA
contains various other provisions that may affect the operations of banks
and savings institutions.

     The prompt corrective action provision of FDICIA requires the
federal banking regulators to assign each insured institution to one of
five capital categories ("well capitalized," "adequately capitalized" or
one of three "undercapitalized" categories) and to take progressively more
restrictive actions based on the capital categorization, as specified
below.  Under FDICIA, capital requirements include a leverage limit, a
risk-based capital requirement and any other measure of capital deemed
appropriate by the federal banking regulators for measuring the capital
adequacy of an insured depository institution.  All institutions,
regardless of their capital levels, are restricted from making any capital
distribution or paying any management fees that would cause the institution
to fail to satisfy the minimum levels for any relevant capital measure.

     The FDIC, the OCC and the Federal Reserve adopted capital-related
regulations under FDICIA.  Under those regulations, a bank will be well
capitalized if it: (i) had a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater;
(ii) had a ratio of Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets of 6% or greater;
(iii) had a ratio of Tier I capital to adjusted total assets of 5% or greater;
and (iv) was not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive or
prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital
level for any capital measure.  An association will be adequately capitalized
if it was not "well capitalized" and: (i) had a total risk-based capital ratio
of 8% or greater; (ii) had a ratio of Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets of
4% or greater; and (iii) had a ratio of Tier I capital to adjusted total assets
of 4% or greater (except that certain associations rated "Composite 1" under
the federal banking agencies' CAMEL rating system may be adequately capitalized
if their ratios of Tier I capital to adjusted total assets were 3% or greater).
The Bank was "well capitalized" as of December 31, 1998.

                                - 60 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Banking agencies have adopted regulations that mandate that regulators
take into consideration concentrations of credit risk and risks from
non-traditional activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage
those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution's capital.  This
evaluation will be made as part of the institution's regular safety and
soundness examination.  Banking agencies also have adopted regulations
requiring regulators to consider interest rate risk (when the interest rate
sensitivity of an institution's assets does not match the sensitivity of its
liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position) in the evaluation of a bank's
capital adequacy and have established an explicit risk-based capital charge
for inherent rate risk.

DEPOSITOR PREFERENCE STATUTE

     Legislation enacted in August 1993 provides a preference for
deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee
compensation against an insured depository institution in the liquidation
or other resolution of such an institution by any receiver.  Such
obligations would be afforded priority over other general unsecured claims
against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of credit,
as well as any obligation to shareholders of such an institution in their
capacity as such.

FDIC INSURANCE ASSESSMENTS

     The Bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments.  The FDIC
has adopted a risk-based premium schedule.  Each financial institution is
assigned to one of three capital groups well-capitalized, adequately
capitalized or undercapitalized and further assigned to one of three
subgroups within a capital group, on the basis of supervisory evaluations
by the institution's primary federal and, if applicable, state supervisors,
and on the basis of other information relevant to the institution's
financial condition and the risk posed to the applicable insurance fund.
The actual assessment rate applicable to a particular institution will,
therefore, depend in part upon the risk assessment classification so
assigned to the institution by the FDIC.  See "-- FIRREA and FDICIA."

INTERSTATE BANKING AND OTHER RECENT LEGISLATION

     The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of
1994 ("Riegle-Neal"), enacted in 1994, facilitates the interstate expansion
and consolidation of banking organizations by permitting (i) bank holding
companies that are adequately capitalized and managed to acquire banks
located in states outside their home states regardless of whether such
acquisitions are authorized under the law of the host state, (ii) the
interstate merger of banks, except for banks located in Montana and Texas,
which states enacted legislation to "opt out" of this authority, (iii)
banks to establish new branches on an interstate basis provided that such
action is specifically authorized by the law of the host state,
(iv) foreign banks to establish, with approval of the regulators in the
United States, branches outside their home states to the same extent that
national or state banks located in the home state would be authorized to do
so and (v) banks to receive deposits, renew time deposits, close loans,
service loans and receive payments on loans and other obligations as agent
for any bank or thrift affiliate, whether the affiliate is located in the
same state or a different state.

     There also have been a number of recent legislative and regulatory
proposals designed to improve the overall financial stability of the United
States banking system and to provide for other changes in the bank regulatory
structure, including proposals to reduce regulatory burdens on banking
organizations and to expand the nature of products and services banks and bank
holding companies may offer.  It is not possible to predict whether or in what
form these proposals may be adopted in the future and, if adopted, what their
effect will be on the Company.

                                - 61 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                       AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

     The Company completed its initial public offering on June 28, 1996
in connection with the Conversion. A total of 876,875 shares of Common
Stock were sold which resulted in net proceeds of $7.4 million. The Company
acquired all of the capital stock of the Association (now, the Bank) in
exchange for a portion of the net proceeds.

     The Bank's net income is dependent primarily on its net interest
income, which is the difference between interest income earned on its loan
and mortgage-backed and related securities portfolio and interest paid on
interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is determined by (i) the
difference between yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid
on interest-bearing liabilities ("interest rate spread") and (ii) the
relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities. The Bank's interest rate spread is affected by regulatory,
economic and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand
and deposit flows. To a lesser extent, the Bank's net income also is
affected by the level of non-interest income, including fees and service
charges, and by the level of its operating expenses and provision for loan
losses.

     The operations of the Bank are significantly affected by prevailing
economic conditions, competition and the monetary, fiscal and regulatory
policies of governmental agencies. Lending activities are influenced by the
demand for and supply of housing, competition among lenders, the level of
interest rates and the availability of funds. Deposit flows and costs of
funds are influenced by prevailing market rates of interest, primarily on
competing investments, account maturities and the levels of personal income
and savings in the Bank's market area.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

     The Bank has sought to reduce its exposure to changes in interest
rates by matching more closely the effective maturities or repricing
characteristics of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities. The matching of the Bank's assets and liabilities may be
analyzed by examining the extent to which its assets and liabilities are
interest rate sensitive.

     The Company's Board of Directors reviews the maturities of the
Company's assets and liabilities and establishes policies and strategies
designed to regulate the Company's flow of funds and to coordinate the
sources, uses and pricing of such funds. The first priority in structuring
and pricing the Company's and the Bank's assets and liabilities is to
maintain an acceptable interest rate spread while reducing the net effects
of changes in interest rates.

     The Bank has employed various strategies intended to minimize the
adverse effect of interest rate risk on future operations by providing a
better match between the interest rate sensitivity between its assets and
liabilities. In particular, the Bank's strategies are intended to stabilize
net interest income for the long term by protecting its interest rate
spread from increases in interest rates. Such strategies include the
origination in the loan portfolio of adjustable-rate mortgage loans secured
by one- to four-family residential real estate, and, to a lesser extent,
multi-family and commercial real estate loans and the origination of other
loans with greater interest rate sensitivities than long-term, fixed-rate,
residential mortgage loans. For the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
approximately 89.29% and 40.93%, respectively, of the one- to four-family
residential loans originated by the Bank had adjustable rates. The Bank's
origination of multi-family, church and commercial real estate loans
comprised 7.78% and 17.66% of total loan originations during the same
respective periods.


                                - 62 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     In order to increase the interest rate sensitivity of its assets,
the Company also has maintained a consistent level of short and
intermediate term investment securities and other assets. At December 31,
1998, the Bank had $15.7 million of investment securities and interest-
bearing deposits maturing or repricing within one year and $5.2 million of
investment securities, mortgage-backed securities and interest-bearing
deposits maturing or repricing within one to five years.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

     The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining
the extent to which such assets and liabilities are "interest rate
sensitive" and by monitoring an institution's interest rate sensitivity
"gap." An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a
specific period if it will mature or reprice within that period. The
interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the
amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific
time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or
repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the
amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest
rate sensitive liabilities, and is considered negative when the amount of
interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate
sensitive assets. At December 31, 1998, the Bank had a cumulative positive
one-year interest rate sensitivity gap of 21.94%, as a result of which its
net interest income could be slightly positively affected by rising
interest rates and slightly negatively affected by falling interest rates.
Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would
adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would result in
an increase in net interest income, while conversely during a period of
falling interest rates, a negative gap would result in an increase in net
interest income and a positive gap would adversely affect net interest
income.

     The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 1998
which are expected to mature or reprice in each of the time periods shown.
This table reflects the Bank's assets only and does not reflect the
Company's consolidated balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       OVER ONE   OVER FIVE    OVER TEN       OVER
                                           ONE YEAR    THROUGH     THROUGH     THROUGH       TWENTY
                                           OR LESS    FIVE YEARS  TEN YEARS  TWENTY YEARS    YEARS    TOTAL
                                           -------    ----------  ---------  ------------    -----    -----
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>      <C>
Interest-earning assets:
Single-family mortgage loans               $17,662     $ 8,549    $ 1,980      $  284       $   --   $28,475
Investment securities                        3,704       1,357        225          --           --     5,286
Mortgage-backed securities                   2,475       1,975        239          83           11     4,783
Other short-term investments                11,731         198         --          --           --    11,929
Other loans                                  4,057       2,975      1,122         351           --     8,505
                                           -------     -------    -------      ------       ------   -------
     Total                                  39,629      15,054      3,566         718           11    58,978
                                           -------     -------    -------      ------       ------   -------

Interest-bearing liabilities:
NOW accounts                                 1,869       3,931      1,388         408           24     7,620
Passbook/Christmas club                      1,832       3,758      1,326         389           23     7,328
Time deposits                               22,339      12,642        193         300           --    35,474
     Total                                  26,040      20,331      2,907       1,097           47    50,422
                                           -------     -------    -------      ------       ------   -------

Interest sensitivity gap                   $13,589     $(5,277)   $   659      $ (379)      $  (36)  $ 8,556
                                           =======     =======    =======      ======       ======   =======
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap        $13,589     $ 8,312    $ 8,971      $8,592       $8,556   $ 8,556
                                           =======     =======    =======      ======       ======   =======
Ratio of interest-earning assets
     to interest-bearing liabilities        152.19%      74.04%    122.67%      65.45%       23.40%   116.97%
                                           =======     =======    =======      ======       ======   =======
Ratio of cumulative gap to
     total assets                            21.94%      13.42%     14.49%      13.87%       13.82%    13.82%
                                           =======     =======    =======      ======       ======   =======
</TABLE>

     The preceding table was prepared utilizing certain assumptions
regarding prepayment and decay rates provided by a private data processing
and consulting firm.  While management believes that these assumptions are
reasonable, the actual interest rate sensitivity of the Bank's assets and
liabilities could vary significantly from the information set forth in the
table due to market and other factors.  The following assumptions were

                                - 63 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

used: (i) adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities will prepay at the
rate of 41.1% per year for six month securities and 45.0% for one-year
securities; (ii) fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will prepay annually
at the rate of 11.2%; (iii) adjustable rate first mortgage loans on single-
family residential properties will prepay at the rate of 31.1% per year for
one-year loans and 45.0% for three-year loans; (iv) nonresidential mortgage
loans will prepay at the rate of 11.2% per year for fixed rate and 18.0%
per year for adjustable rate; (v) home equity loans will prepay at the rate
of 11.2% per year; (vi) consumer loans will prepay at the rate of 16.0% per
year; and (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans on single-family residential
properties will prepay annually as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     COUPON RATE          ANNUAL PREPAYMENT-RATE
<S>                                <C>
     7.01 to 8.00%                 21.4%
     8.01 to 9.00%                 26.2
     9.01 to 10.00%                24.1
    10.01 to 12.00%                25.7
</TABLE>

     In addition, it is assumed that fixed maturity deposits are not
withdrawn prior to maturity and that other deposits are withdrawn or
repriced at an annual rate of 25%.

     The interest rate sensitivity of the Bank's assets and liabilities
illustrated in the table above could vary substantially if different
assumptions were used or actual experience differs from the assumptions
used.  If passbook and NOW accounts were assumed to mature in one year or
less (which does not reflect actual experience), the Bank's one-year gap
would have been substantially negative.

     Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis
presented in the preceding table setting forth the maturing and repricing
of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  For example,
although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or
periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in
market interest rates.  The interest rates on certain types of assets and
liabilities may fluctuate in advance of change in market interest rates,
while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates.
Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate loans, have features
which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the
life of the assets.  In addition, the proportion of adjustable rate loans
in the Bank's portfolio could decrease in future periods if market interest
rates remain at or decrease below current levels due to refinancing
activity.  Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment
and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those
assumed in the table.  Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service
their adjustable rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate
increase.

AVERAGE BALANCE, INTEREST AND AVERAGE YIELDS AND RATES

     The following table sets forth certain information relating to the
Company's average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities
and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities
for the periods and at the date indicated.  Such yields and costs are
derived by dividing income or expense by the average monthly balance of
assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented.  Average
balances are derived from month-end balances.  Management does not believe
that the use of month-end balances instead of daily balances has caused any
material difference in the information presented.  The table also presents
information for the periods and at the date indicated with respect to the
difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and
average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, or "interest rate
spread," which savings institutions have traditionally used as an indicator
of profitability.  Another indicator of an institution's net interest
income is its "net yield on interest-earning assets," which is its net
interest income divided by the average balance of interest-earning assets.
Net interest income is affected by the interest rate spread and by the
relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities.  When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-
bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net
interest income.


                                - 64 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        1998                               1997
                                           -----------------------------    --------------------------------
                                                                 AVERAGE                             AVERAGE
                                                                  YIELD/                              YIELD/
                                           BALANCE    INTEREST     COST     BALANCE      INTEREST      COST
                                           -------    --------   -------    -------      --------    -------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>
Interest-earning assets:
 Loans receivable                          $41,280     $3,355       8.13%   $44,841       $3,526        7.86%
 Investment securities                       6,408        386       6.02      9,097          562        6.18
 Mortgage-backed securities                  5,865        371       6.33      8,257          539        6.53
 Short-term investments and other
 interest-earning assets                     7,342        335       4.56      2,000          111        5.53
                                           -------     ------               -------       ------
 Total interest-earning assets              60,895      4,447       7.30     64,195        4,738        7.38
                                                       ------                             ------
Noninterest-earning assets                   3,518                            2,683
                                           -------                          -------
 Total assets                              $64,413                          $66,878
                                           =======                          =======

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Deposits                                  $51,302     $2,544       4.96    $52,288       $2,587        4.95
 FHLB advances                                  45          3       6.46      1,375           78        5.69
                                           -------     ------               -------       ------
 Total interest-bearing liabilities         51,347      2,547       4.96     53,663        2,665        4.97
                                                       ------                             ------

 Noninterest-bearing liabilities             1,455                              946
                                           -------                          -------
 Total liabilities                          52,802                           54,609

Shareholder's equity                        11,611                           12,269
                                           -------                          -------
 Total liabilities and
 shareholder's equity                      $64,413                          $66,878
                                           =======                          =======

Net interest income                                    $1,900                             $2,073
                                                       ======                             ======
Interest rate spread                                                2.34%                               2.41%
                                                                    ====                                ====
Net yield on interest-earning assets                                3.12%                               3.23%
                                                                    ====                                ====
Ratio of average interest-earning
 assets to average interest-bearing
 liabilities                                                      118.60%                             119.63%
                                                                  ======                              ======
</TABLE>


RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

     The table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in
interest income and interest expense of the Company for the periods
indicated. For each category of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing
liability, information is provided on changes attributable to:  (i) changes
in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate); (ii) changes in rate
(change in rate multiplied by old volume) and (iii) changes in rate-volume
(changes in rate multiplied by the changes in volume).

                             - 65 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            --------------------------------------
                                                  1997        VS.       1998
                                            --------------------------------------
                                                       INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                                            DUE TO
                                            --------------------------------------
                                                                  RATE/
                                            VOLUME     RATE      VOLUME      TOTAL
                                            ------     ----      ------      -----
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest income:                            $(282)     $121       $(10)      $(171)
  Loans receivable                           (166)      (14)         4        (176)
  Investment securities                      (156)      (17)         5        (168)
  Mortgage-backed securities
  Short-term investments and
    other interest-earning assets             295       (19)       (52)        224
                                            -----      ----       ----       -----
      Total interest-earning assets          (309)       71        (53)       (291)
                                            -----      ----       ----       -----
Interest expense:
  Deposits                                    (49)        5          1         (43)
  FHLB advances                               (76)       11        (10)        (75)
                                            -----      ----       ----       -----
      Total interest-bearing liabilities     (125)       16         (9)       (118)
                                            -----      ----       ----       -----

Change in net interest income               $(184)     $ 55       $(44)      $(173)
                                            =====      ====       ====       =====
</TABLE>

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997

     The Company's total assets decreased by $4.1 million, or 6.13%, from
$67.5 million at December 31, 1997 to $63.3 million at December 31, 1998.
The decrease was due primarily to decreases of $9.9 million in loans
receivable and $3.0 million in investment and mortgage-backed securities.
These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $8.5 million in
cash, cash equivalents and certificates of deposit from December 31, 1997
to December 31, 1998.

     The Company's loan portfolio decreased by $9.9 million, or 21.43%,
from $46.3 million at December 31, 1998 to $36.4 million at December 31,
1998.  The decrease in loan activity during the period is attributed to the
level of repayments on existing loans exceeding new loan demand for the
year ended December 31, 1998.

     The allowance for loan losses totaled $372,000 and $400,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The allowance for loan losses as
a percentage of non-performing loans was 75.46% and 64.62% as of December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  During 1998, net loan charge-offs
amounted to $134,000.  An additional provision of $106,000 was made during
the year.  The determination of the allowance for loan losses is based on
management's analysis, performed on a quarterly basis, of various factors,
including the market value of the underlying collateral, the decline in
the size of the loan portfolio, the relationship of the allowance for
loan losses to outstanding loans, historical loss experience, delinquency
trends and prevailing economic conditions.  Although management believes
its allowance for loan losses is adequate, there can be no assurance that
additional allowances will not be required or that losses on loans will not
be incurred.

     At December 31, 1998, the ratio of non-performing loans to total
loans was 1.36%, as compared to 1.34% at December 31, 1997.  The small
increase in the ratio was primarily due to the decrease in the total amount
of the loan portfolio.  The effect on the ratio caused by this decrease was
largely offset by a decrease in the total amount of nonperforming loans at
December 31, 1998 as compared to December 31, 1997.  At December 31, 1998,
the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans was 1.02%, as
compared to 0.86% at December 31, 1997.  The increase in this ratio was
again due to the decrease in the total amount of loans outstanding at
December 31, 1998 as compared to December 31, 1997.

                                - 66 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     At December 31, 1998, the Company's investment portfolio included
mortgage-backed and related securities classified as available-for-sale
carried at a market value of $661,000 and mortgage-backed and related
securities classified as held-to-maturity totaling $4.3 million.  The
balance of the Company's investment portfolio at December 31, 1998
consisted of investment securities classified as available-for-sale
totaling $1.1 million and investment securities classified as held-to-
maturity totaling $5.3 million.

     The Company's total portfolio of investment and mortgage-backed and
related securities totaled $11.3 million at December 31, 1998, a decrease
of $3.0 million from $14.3 million at December 31, 1997.  This decrease was
due to maturities and sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities
totaling $3.4 million and principal payments received on mortgage-backed
securities totaling $2.3 million during 1998.  This decrease was partially
offset by securities purchases of $2.7 million during 1998.  During the
year ended December 31, 1998, the Company's portfolio of investment
securities and mortgage-backed and related securities classified as
available-for-sale increased capital by $12,000 (net of taxes) as a result
of an increase in the market value of such securities classified as
available-for-sale pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 115.

     Total liabilities decreased by $3.3 million, or 5.94%, from $55.3
million at December 31, 1997 to $52.0 million at December 31, 1998.  Total
deposits decreased by $2.6 million, or 4.82%, from $54.0 million at
December 31, 1997 to $51.4 million at December 31, 1998.  The decrease in
total liabilities was primarily attributable to that decrease in deposits,
and to the $750,000 decrease in borrowings from the FHLB during 1998.
Management attributes the decrease in deposits to competition from other
local banks to attract deposit business.  The decrease in deposits has
primarily affected the Bank's levels of one-year and five-year maturity
certificates of deposit.

     Certificates of deposit at December 31, 1998 included approximately
$2.1 million of deposits with balances of $100,000 or more that mature
within one year.  Such time deposits are inherently risky because their
continued presence in the Bank is usually dependent solely upon the rates
paid by the Bank rather than any customer relationship and, therefore, are
likely to be withdrawn upon maturity if another institution offers higher
interest rates.  The Bank may be required to resort to other funding
sources such as borrowing or sales of its securities held available-for-
sale if the Bank believes that increasing its rates to maintain such
deposits would adversely affect its operating results.  At this time, the
Bank does not believe that it will need to significantly increase its
deposit rates to maintain such certificates of deposit and, therefore, does
not anticipate resorting to alternative funding sources.

     Historically, the Company has not made significant use of borrowings.
However, the Bank has obtained FHLB advances as needed for liquidity
purposes.  At December 31, 1998, the Bank had no FHLB advances outstanding.

     Total shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998 amounted to $11.3
million, a decrease of $850,000, or 7.00%, as compared to $12.1 million at
December 31, 1997.  This decrease was primarily due to the $684,000
repurchase of Company stock performed by the Company during 1998, along
with dividends of $239,000 paid on Company stock and a net loss of $133,000
from operations.  These decreases were offset by amortization of ESOP and
MRP expense of $194,000 and $12,000 in unrealized holding gains on
securities (net of tax).  See "-- Liquidity and Capital Ratios" for a
discussion of the Bank's compliance with applicable regulatory capital
requirements.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND
1997

     Net Income.  The Company incurred a net loss of $133,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1998, as compared to net income of $163,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997.  The decrease of $296,000, or 181.60%,
reflects a decrease of $173,000, or 8.35%, in net interest income.  Also
contributing to the decrease in net income were an increase of $320,000, or
16.90%, in non-interest expense, and a decrease of $7,000, or

                                - 67 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

3.61%, in non-interest income.  These changes were partially offset by a
$50,000 decrease in the provision for loan losses, and a decrease of
$154,000 in the provision for income taxes.

     Net Interest Income.  Net interest income decreased $173,000, or
8.35%, from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $1.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  This decrease was primarily
due to the decrease in the ratio of average interest-earning assets to
average interest-bearing liabilities from 119.63% for the year ended
December 31, 1997 to 118.60% for the year ended December 31, 1998, while
the net yield on interest-earning assets decreased from 2.41% for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to 2.34% for the year ended December 31, 1998.  The
decrease in the net yield on interest-earning assets resulted from a
decrease in interest yields on securities and short-term investments.  The
average balance of interest-earning assets decreased from $64.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997 to $60.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998.  The interest rate spread of the Company decreased by
seven basis points from 2.41% for the year ended December 31, 1997 to 2.34%
for the year ended December 31, 1998, as the one basis point decrease in
the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities was more than offset by
the eight basis point decrease in the average yield on interest-earning
assets.

     Interest Income.  Total interest income decreased by $291,000, or
6.14%, from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $4.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  The decrease was due
primarily to a decrease of $3.3 million, or 5.14%, in average interest-
earning assets from $64.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
$60.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  The decrease in the
average interest-earning assets was primarily due to the decrease in the
average balance of loans receivable for the year ended December 31, 1998 as
compared to the year ended December 31, 1997.  The decrease in interest
income also reflects an eight basis point decrease in the average yield on
interest-earning assets from 7.38% for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
7.30% for the year ended December 31, 1998.

     Interest on loans decreased $171,000, or 4.85%, from $3.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $3.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998.  The decrease in interest on loans was due to a decrease
of $3.6 million, or 7.94%, in the average balance of loans from $44.8
million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $41.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998.  The decrease in loans reflects a decline in the
new loans being originated by the Bank compared with the level of
repayments on existing loans.  The decline was primarily reflected in a
decrease in the outstanding balance of one- to four-family residential
loans in 1998 as compared with 1997.

     Interest on investment securities decreased $176,000, or 31.32%,
from $562,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $386,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1998.  Such decrease was due to a decrease of $2.7
million, or 29.56%, in the average balance of investment securities from
$9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $6.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998, coupled with a 16 basis point decrease in the
average yield on such securities during the same period.  Interest on
mortgage-backed and related securities decreased $168,000, or 31.17%, from
$539,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $371,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1998.  This decrease was due to a decrease of $2.4
million, or 28.97%, in the average balance of mortgage-backed and related
securities from $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $5.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1998, along with a 20 basis point
decrease in the average yield on those securities during the same period.
Interest on short-term investments increased by $224,000, or 201.80%, from
$111,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $335,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1998.  Such increase was due to an increase of $5.3
million, or 267.10%, in the average balance of short-term investments and
other interest-earning assets from $2.0 million for the year ended December
31, 1997 to $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  This
increase was partially offset by a decrease of 97 basis points in the
average yield being earned on these securities for the year ended December
31, 1998 as compared to the year ended December 31, 1997.  These changes
reflect proceeds from sales and maturities of securities and loan payments
being reinvested to a greater degree in interest-bearing cash and cash
equivalent accounts and other short-term investments.

                                - 68 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased by $118,000, or 4.43%,
from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $2.5 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998.  This decrease was primarily due to a
decrease of $2.3 million, or 4.32%, in the average balance of interest-
bearing liabilities from $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997
to $51.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  This decrease in
the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities is the result of a $1.3
million decrease in the average balance of borrowings from the FHLB,
coupled with a decrease of $986,000, or 1.89%, in the average balance of
deposits from $52.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $51.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  The decrease in interest
expense also reflects a one basis point decrease in the average cost of
interest-bearing liabilities from 4.97% for the year ended December 31,
1997 to 4.96% for the year ended December 31, 1998.

     Provision for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is
established through a provision for loan losses based on management's
evaluation of the risk inherent in its loan portfolio and the general
economy.  Such evaluation is based on an analysis of various factors,
including the market value of the underlying collateral, the decline in
the size of the loan portfolio, the relationship of the allowance for
loan losses to outstanding loans, historical loss experience, delinquency
trends and prevailing and projected economic conditions.  The Bank
established a provision for loan losses of $106,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1998, a decrease of $50,000 from the $156,000 provision for
loan losses made during the year ended December 31, 1997.  The 1998
provision was deemed necessary due to net charged-off loans of $134,000
during the year ended December 31, 1998.  Although the Company believes
that the present level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate to
reflect the risks inherent in its loan portfolio, there can be no assurance
that the Company will not experience increases in its nonperforming assets,
that it will not increase the level of the allowance for loan losses in the
future or that significant provisions for losses will not be required based
on factors such as deterioration in market conditions, changes in
borrowers' financial conditions, delinquencies and defaults.

     Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income decreased $7,000, or
3.61%, from $194,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $187,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1998.  The largest components of non-interest
income for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 included $45,000 and
$50,000, respectively, in loan and other service fees and $134,000 and
$121,000, respectively, in other service charges and other miscellaneous
operating income.  In addition, the Company realized $8,000 of realized
gains on the sale of real estate owned during the year ended December 31,
1998, as compared with $23,000 of realized gains on the sale of investments
and real estate owned during the year ended December 31, 1997.

     Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $320,000, or
16.90%, from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $2.2
million for the year ended December 31, 1998.  The components of this net
increase included increases of $215,000 in legal and professional fees and
an additional expense adjustment for mortgage loan rebates of $148,000.
These increases were partially offset by decreases of $5,000 in
compensation and employee benefits expense and net decreases of $38,000 in
other expense items.

     The increase in legal and professional services was attributed to
fees connected with ongoing litigation, expenses incurred during 1998
resulting from proxy contests involving the Company and payments for
consulting and other professional services.  The rebate adjustment is a
result of a review of interest rate adjustments made in the past relating
to adjustable rate mortgages.  This review was conducted in the fourth
quarter of 1998 by the Bank.  Based upon this review, the Bank has
determined that it is probable that rebates of excess interest income
should be made to a portion of the Bank's adjustable rate loan customers.
The Bank currently estimates the amount of these potential rebates at
$148,300.  This amount has been recorded as a liability on the December 31,
1998 consolidated statement of financial condition, and has been recorded
as a charge to current period operations on the consolidated statement of
income for the year ended December 31, 1998.

                                - 69 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Income Tax Expense.  The provision for income taxes was $(99,000)
for the year ended December 31, 1998 as compared with $55,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1997.  The $154,000 decrease was primarily due to the
decrease in income before income taxes from $218,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997 to a loss of $232,000 for the year ended December 31,
1998.  The negative tax expense (or tax benefit) of $99,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1998 also reflects the effect of items such as tax-
exempt interest income upon the Company's income tax computation.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE MATTERS

     As with all providers of financial services, the Bank's operations
are heavily dependent on information technology systems.  The Bank is
addressing the potential problems associated with the possibility that the
computers that control or operate the Bank's information technology systems
and infrastructure may not be programmed to read four-digit date codes and,
upon arrival of the year 2000, may recognize the two-digit code "00" as the
year 1900, causing systems to fail to function or to generate erroneous
data.

     As part of the awareness, inventory and assessment phases of its
action plan related to the Year 2000 problem, the Bank has identified the
operating systems which are considered critical to the ongoing operations
of the Bank and the Company.  The Bank determined that it does not have any
internal mission critical systems. The mission critical systems of the Bank
are provided by third party servers, including the following: NCR-Data
Processing System (core processing); Bank of Herrin (item processing);
M&I ("on us" check clearings)/NCR Interface; Federal Reserve/IBB/Bank of
Herrin Interfaces (ACH); and Federal Reserve/M&I/ NCR Interfaces (ACH).
All mission critical servicers have completed their testing and have
supplied the Bank with written test results and test scripts. These test
results and test scripts have been reviewed by an independent auditor for
each of the servicers, the Bank and an independent auditor for the Bank.
From a review of the test results and test scripts, the Bank believes that
the services provided to the Bank by the servicers are Year 2000 compliant.

     Of the systems that the Bank has identified as mission critical, the
most significant is the on-line account processing system that is performed
by a third party service provider, NCR.  As of December 31, 1998, NCR has
substantially completed its testing of internal systems, and has completed
its proxy testing by user participants and its on-line testing.  The Bank's
review of this proxy test indicates that the transactions performed, the
hardware specifications and other factors used in the proxy test closely
match the Bank's own operational environment and available hardware.  The
Bank intends to continue its own program of appropriate testing of this and
other mission critical systems.

     The Bank is in the process of evaluating its non-technological
systems to determine whether such systems have embedded technology that
could be affected by the Year 2000 problem.  As of the date hereof, the
Bank does not anticipate that any disruption relating to such systems will
have a material adverse effect on the Bank's operations.

     In November 1998 and March 1999, the OCC completed examinations of
the Bank's Year 2000 compliance. As a result of its examinations, the OCC
concluded that the management of the Bank was adequately preparing the Bank
for the Year 2000.

     During 1998, the Bank developed a contingency plan in the event the
mission-critical systems are not successfully renovated in a timely manner
or such systems were to actually fail at Year 2000 critical dates.  Among
other issues, that plan addresses the possibility that NCR, the current
data service provider, could fail to operate on January 1, 2000.  A
business resumption plan was formed to deal with this possibility.  With
respect to a short-term remedy for business disruptions potentially caused
by the Year 2000 problem, the Bank's Board and management have determined
that a manual system is the most reasonable approach to allow the Bank to

                                - 70 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
continue to effectively serve its customer base.  The business resumption
plan addresses preparation, logistics, departmental requirements and
guidelines for the potential handling of specific types of banking
transactions on such a manual basis.

     Management has indicated that, as of December 31, 1998, approximately
$43,000 of expenditures have been incurred resulting from the Bank's
efforts to make its systems Year 2000 compliant.  Management is currently
estimating that approximately $8,000 of additional expenditures will be
incurred during 1999 in connection with this issue.  No assurance can be
given, however, that significant expense will not be incurred in future
periods.  In the event that the Bank is ultimately required to purchase
additional replacement computer systems, programs and equipment, or if the
Bank is required to incur substantial additional expense to make the Bank's
current systems, programs and equipment Year 2000 compliant, the Bank's net
earnings and financial condition could be adversely affected.

     In addition to possible expense related to its own systems, the Bank
could incur losses if loan payments are delayed due to Year 2000 problems
affecting any major borrowers in the Bank's primary market area.  In
anticipation of such problems, the Bank has all material loan customers
sign a Year 2000 disclosure and acknowledgment. Because the Bank's loan
portfolio is highly diversified with regard to individual borrowers and
types of businesses, and the Bank's primary market area is not significantly
dependent upon one employer or industry, the Bank does not expect any
significant or prolonged difficulties that will affect net earnings or cash
flow.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Liquidity refers to the ability of the Company to convert assets
into cash or cash equivalents without significant loss.  Liquidity
management involves evaluating the Company's and the Bank's daily cash flow
requirements to meet customer demands, whether they are depositors wishing
to withdraw funds or borrowers requiring funds to meet their credit needs.
Without proper liquidity management, the Company would not be able to
perform the primary function of a financial intermediary and would,
therefore, not be able to meet the production and growth needs of the
communities it serves.

     The Bank's primary sources of funds are deposits and proceeds from
maturing investment securities, mortgage-backed and related securities and
principal and interest payments on loans, investment securities and
mortgage-backed and related securities.  While maturities and scheduled
amortization of investment securities, mortgage-backed and related
securities and loans are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and
mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates,
economic conditions, competition and other factors.

     The primary investing activity of the Bank is the origination of
loans, the purchase of investment securities and certificates of deposit,
and the purchase of mortgage-backed and related securities.  During the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank originated loans totaling
$5.7 million and $16.5 million, respectively.  The primary financing
activity of the Bank is accepting savings deposits.

     The Bank has other sources of liquidity if there is a need for
funds.  As stated earlier, the Company has a portfolio of investment
securities and mortgage-backed and related securities with an aggregate
market value of $1.8 million at December 31, 1998 classified as available-
for-sale.  Another source of liquidity is the Bank's ability to obtain
advances from the FHLB of Chicago.  In addition, the Bank maintains a
significant portion of its investments in interest-bearing deposits at
other financial institutions that will be available when needed.

     A strong capital position is important to the continued
profitability of the Bank because it promotes depositor and investor
confidence and provides a solid foundation for future growth.  Under
regulatory guidelines, the Bank's capital strength is measured in two tiers
which are used in conjunction with risk-adjusted assets to calculate the
risk-based capital ratios.  The Bank's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and
total risk-based

                                - 71 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
capital ratio were 30.4% and 31.6%, respectively, at December 31, 1998.
These levels currently exceed the minimum ratios of 4% and 8%, respectively.
Another important indicator of capital adequacy in the banking industry is
the leverage ratio, which is a measure of the ratio of the Bank's Tier 1
capital to total average assets.  The Bank's leverage ratio was 15.7% at
December 31, 1998, which exceeded regulatory minimum guidelines.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

     The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented
herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, which require the measurement of financial position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the
change in the relative purchasing power of money over time and due to
inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of
the Company's operations.  Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all the
assets and liabilities of the Bank are monetary in nature.  As a result,
interest rates have a greater impact on the Company's performance than do
the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not
necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price
of goods and services.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock Based Compensation" was issued by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") in October, 1995.  SFAS No. 123 establishes a fair
value-based method of accounting for stock options and other equity
instruments.  It requires the use of that method for transactions with
other than employees and encourages its use for transactions with
employees.  It permits entities to continue to use the intrinsic value
method included in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees", but regardless of the method used to
account for the compensation cost associated with stock option and similar
plans, it requires employers to disclose information in accordance with
SFAS No. 123.  The general principle underlying SFAS No. 123 is that equity
instruments are recognized at the fair value of the consideration received
for them.  If the fair value of the consideration received cannot be
reasonably determined, the fair value of the equity instrument itself may
be used.  The fair value method of accounting for stock options and other
instruments applies this general principle measuring compensation cost for
employers as the excess of the fair value of the equity instrument over the
amount paid by the employee.  The definition of fair value in SFAS No. 123
is the same as that included in SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed
of."

     SFAS No. 123 requires significantly expanded disclosures, including
disclosure of the pro forma amount of net income (and earnings per share
for public entities) as if the fair value-based method were used to account
for stock-based compensation if the intrinsic value method of APB-25 is
retained.

     The recognition requirements for transactions with other than
employees apply for transactions entered into, after December 15, 1995.
The recognition alternative of the fair value-based method for transactions
with employees may be implemented immediately upon issuance of SFAS No.
123.  The disclosure requirements, which apply regardless of the
recognition method chosen, are applicable for financial statements for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995.

     With the adoption in 1997 of stock-based compensation plans (See
Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), the Company is
accounting for the plan according to the disclosure requirements of SFAS
No. 123.

     Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets.  In June
1996, the FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing
of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities."  SFAS No. 125
establishes accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing
of financial assets and

                               - 72 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
extinguishments of liabilities based on the consistent application of the
financial components approach.  This approach requires the recognition of
financial assets and servicing assets that are controlled by the reporting
entity, the derecognition of financial assets when control is surrendered,
and the derecognition of liabilities when they are extinguished.  Specific
criteria are established for determining when control has been surrendered
in the transfer of financial assets.  SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfers
and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring
after December 31, 1996.  Subsequent to the issuance of SFAS No. 125, the FASB
issued SFAS No. 127, "Deferral of the Effective Date of Certain Provisions of
FASB Statement No. 125."  This statement defers for one year the effective
date of SFAS No. 125 as applies to secured borrowings and collateral and
certain other transactions.  The Company has adopted the relevant provisions
of the statement.  The provisions of the statement adopted in 1997 did not
have a material effect on the Company's financial position or operating
results.

     Earnings per Share.  In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128,
"Earnings per Share".  SFAS No. 128 establishes standards for computing and
presenting earnings per share ("EPS") and applies to entities with publicly
held common stock or potential common stock.  The statement simplifies the
standards for computing earnings per share previously found in APB Opinion
No. 15, "Earnings per Share", and makes them comparable to international
EPS standards.  It replaces the presentation of primary EPS with a
presentation of basic EPS.  It also requires dual presentation of basic
and diluted EPS on the face of the income statement for all entities with
complex capital structures, and requires a reconciliation of the two
computations.  This statement is effective for financial statements issued
for periods ending after December 15, 1997, with earlier application not
permitted.  The Company has adopted SFAS No. 128 effective for the year
ended December 31, 1997.

     Comprehensive Income.  In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income."  SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial
statements.  This statement requires that all items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income
be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same
prominence as other financial statements.

     This statement requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of
other comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement and (b)
display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately
from retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity section
of a statement of financial position. This statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.  The management of the
Company adopted the provisions of the statement in January, 1998, and
has presented comprehensive income information in the consolidated
statements of financial condition and statements of shareholders' equity.

     Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information."  SFAS No. 131 establishes standards
for the way that public business enterprises report information about
operating segments in annual financial statements and requires that those
enterprises report selected information about operating segments in interim
financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and
major customers.  This statement is effective for financial statements for
periods beginning after December 15, 1997.  The management of the Company
adopted the appropriate provisions of the statement at January 1, 1998.

     Employers' Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement
Benefits.  In February 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132, "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits."  SFAS No.
132 standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions and other
postretirement benefits.  This statement is effective for financial
statements for periods beginning after December 15, 1997.  The management
of the Company adopted the appropriate provisions of the statements at
January 1, 1998.



                             - 73 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.  In
June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133").  SFAS No. 133
establishes a new model for accounting for existing standards.  SFAS
No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999, but
earlier application is permitted as of the beginning of any fiscal quarters
subsequent to June 15, 1998.  Upon the statement's initial application, all
derivatives are required to be recognized in the statement of financial
position as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  In
addition, all hedging relationships must be designated, reassessed and
documented pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 133.  Adoption of SFAS
No. 133 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's
financial position or operating results.

     Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities.  In October 1998, the
FASB issued SFAS No. 134, "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities
Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a
Mortgage Banking Enterprise" ("SFAS No. 134").  SFAS No. 134 amends the
earlier SFAS No. 65, "Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking Activities."
SFAS No. 134 requires that, after the securitization of mortgage loans held
for sale, an entity engaged in mortgage banking activities should classify
the resulting mortgage-backed securities or other retained interests based
on its ability and intent to sell or hold those investments.  The statement
is effective for the first fiscal quarter beginning after December 15,
1998.  The management of the Company does not currently believe that its
activities meet the definition of "mortgage banking activities," and
therefore does not anticipate that this statement will have a material
effect on the Company's financial position or operating results.

                             - 74 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     STOCK OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

     The following table sets forth, as of the Record Date, certain
information as to those persons who were beneficial owners of more than
five percent (5%) of the Common Stock and as to the shares of the Common
Stock beneficially owned by each of the Company's directors and executive
officers and by all executive officers and directors of the Company as a
group.  Persons and groups owning in excess of 5% of the Common Stock are
required to file certain reports regarding such ownership pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").  Based
upon such reports, management knows of no persons, other than those set
forth below, who owned more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Common
Stock as of the Record Date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF SHARES       PERCENT OF OUTSTANDING
                NAME AND ADDRESS <F1>                      BENEFICIALLY OWNED <F2>     COMMON STOCK <F3>
                ---------------------                      -----------------------     -----------------
<S>                                                               <C>                        <C>
Roger O. Hileman                                                  40,333<F4>                  4.6%
Charles E. Stevens                                                27,453<F5>                  3.1
James C. Walker                                                   24,453<F5>                  2.8
Randall A. Youngblood                                             27,453<F5>                  3.1
Paul R. Calcaterra                                                27,453<F5>                  3.1
B. D. Cross                                                       27,453<F5>                  3.1
James L. Cripps                                                   15,092<F6>                  1.7
D. Burns                                                           5,000                      <F*>
Barrett R. Rochman                                                80,312                      9.2
Heartland Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan          68,939                      7.9
Tontine Financial Partners, L.P.                                  80,800<F7>                  9.2
Tontine Overseas Associates, L.L.C.                                6,800<F7>                  <F*>
Directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)          275,002<F8>                 30.7

<FN>
- -----------
<F*> less than one percent

<F1> Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person is 318 South
     Park Avenue, Herrin, Illinois  62948-3604.

<F2> Includes the following:  stock held in joint tenancy; stock owned as
     tenants in common; stock owned or held by a spouse or other member
     of the individual's household; stock allocated through certain
     employee benefit plans of the Company; stock in which the individual
     either has or shares voting and/or investment power; and shares that
     the individual has the right to acquire at any time within 60 days
     of the Record Date.  Each person or relative of such person whose
     shares are included herein exercises sole or shared voting and
     dispositive power as to the shares reported.  Does not include
     shares with respect to which directors Walker, Stevens, Youngblood,
     Cross and Calcaterra have "voting power" by virtue of their
     positions as trustees of the trust holding 68,939 shares under the
     Company's ESOP.  The ESOP trustees must vote all allocated shares
     held in the ESOP in accordance with the instructions of the
     participants.  Unallocated shares and allocated shares for which no
     timely direction is received are voted by the ESOP trustees in
     proportion to the participant-directed voting of allocated shares.

<F3> The percentage calculations for beneficial ownership are based upon
     876,875 shares of Common Stock that were issued and outstanding
     as of April 9, 1999.  In calculating the percentage ownership by
     each named individual, the number of shares outstanding is deemed to
     include any shares of Common Stock that the individual has the right
     to acquire within 60 days of the Record Date.

<F4> Includes 8,768 shares that Mr. Hileman has the right to acquire
     within 60 days after the Record Date upon the exercise of stock
     options.  Also includes 4,059 shares under the ESOP and 3,506 shares
     under the MRP that have vested or are subject to vesting within 60
     days after the Record Date.

<F5> Includes 1,752 shares that each of Messrs. Stevens, Walker,
     Youngblood, Calcaterra and Cross has the right to acquire within 60
     days after the Record Date upon the exercise of stock options and
     701 shares under the MRP for each such individual that have vested
     or are subject to vesting within 60 days after the Record Date.

<F6> Includes 876 shares under the MRP held by Mr. Cripps' spouse that
     have vested or are subject to vesting within 60 days after the
     Record Date.  Also includes 1,715 shares under the ESOP owned by Mr.
     Cripps' spouse.


                             - 75 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<F7> The information is based on a Schedule 13D (Amendment No. 1), dated
     May 14, 1998, of Tontine Financial Partners, L.P., Tontine
     Management, L.L.C., Tontine Overseas Associates, L.L.C. and Jeffrey
     L. Gendell (collectively, the "Tontine Group").  The information in
     the Schedule 13D indicates that Tontine Financial Partners, L.P.,
     Tontine Management, L.L.C. and Jeffrey L. Gendell share voting and
     dispositive power with respect to 80,800 shares and that Tontine
     Overseas Associates, L.L.C. and Jeffrey L. Gendell share voting and
     dispositive power with respect to 6,800 shares.  The address for the
     Tontine Group is 31 West 52nd Street, 17th Floor, New York, New York
     10017.

<F8> Includes 17,528 shares that all directors and executive officers as
     a group have the right to acquire within 60 days after the Record
     Date upon the exercise of stock options.  Also includes 4,059 shares
     under the ESOP and 7,882 shares under the MRP that have vested or
     are subject to vesting within 60 days after the Record Date.
</TABLE>

                                - 76 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

            MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

     The Common Stock is listed over the counter through the National
Daily Quotation System "Pink Sheets" published by the National Quotation
Bureau, Inc. As of the Record Date, there were approximately 250
shareholders of record.

     The following table sets forth the reported high and low sale prices
of shares of the Common Stock for the past two fiscal years, and the
quarterly cash dividends per share declared for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       MARKET PRICE
                                    ------------------            CASH
     1997                           HIGH           LOW          DIVIDENDS
     ----                           ----           ---          ---------
<S>                               <C>            <C>              <C>
     First Quarter                $15.25         $14.00           $.10
     Second Quarter                17.0625        15.25            .10
     Third Quarter                 16.25          14.75            .10
     Fourth Quarter                16.25          15.00            .10

     1998
     ----

     First Quarter                $15.50         $15.00           $.10
     Second Quarter                15.75          14.8125          .10
     Third Quarter                 14.8125        12.00            .10
     Fourth Quarter                14.75           9.00             --
</TABLE>

     The last reported sale price for the Common Stock on 2,000 shares on
December 18, 1998, the last business day on which a sale occurred prior to
the announcement of the signing of the Agreement, was $12.25.  The last
reported sale price of the Common Stock on April 21, 1999, the last
practicable date prior to the mailing of this Proxy Statement was
$14.75 per share.

                      INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     Gray Hunter Stenn, LLP served as the Company's independent auditors
for the 1998 fiscal year and continues to serve in such capacity.  A
representative of Gray Hunter Stenn, LLP is expected to be present at the
Special Meeting to respond to appropriate shareholders' questions and will
have the opportunity to make a statement if he or she so desires.

                           OTHER MATTERS

     The Board of Directors is not aware of any business to be presented
at the Special Meeting other than those matters referred to in the Notice
of Special Meeting and described herein.  If any other matter should
properly come before the Special Meeting, the persons named as proxies will
have discretionary authority to vote the shares represented by proxies in
accordance with their discretion and judgment as to the best interests of
the Company.

                       SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

     It is not currently anticipated that the Company will hold a 1999
Annual Meeting of Shareholders unless the Merger is not consummated. In the
event the Merger is not consummated and the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders is held, any shareholder proposal intended for inclusion in
the Company's proxy statement and proxy relating to the 1999 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders must be received at the Company's main office at 318 South
Park Avenue, Herrin, Illinois, within a reasonable time prior to the date of
the Annual Meeting for inclusion in the Company's Proxy Statement and proxy
relating to that meeting.  Upon receipt of any such proposal, the Company
will determine whether or not to include such proposal in the Proxy Statement
and proxy

                                - 77 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

in accordance with regulations  governing the solicitation of proxies.  Under
the Company's Articles of Incorporation, shareholder proposals, including
nominations of directors, which do not appear in the Proxy Statement may be
considered at a meeting of shareholders only if they involve a matter proper
for shareholder action and written notice of the proposal is received by the
Secretary of the Company not less than thirty days nor more than sixty days
prior to the date of the meeting; provided, however, that if less than forty
days' notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such notice shall be
delivered to the Secretary of the Company not later than the close of business
of the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed
to shareholders.

     Each such notice given by a shareholder with respect to nominations
for the election of directors shall set forth the following:  (i) the name,
age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee
proposed in such notice; (ii) the principal occupation or employment of
each such nominee; and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Company
which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.  In addition, the
shareholder making such nomination shall promptly provide any other
information reasonably requested by the Company.  Each such notice given by
a shareholder to the Secretary with respect to business proposals to be
brought before a meeting shall set forth in writing as to each matter the
following:  (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the
meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Company's books,
of the shareholder proposing such business; (iii) the class and number of
shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the shareholder; and
(iv) any material interest of the shareholder in such business.

                               - 78 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

          INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                               Page
                                                               ----

Independent Auditors' Report                                    F-1

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997                              F-2

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1998 and 1997                                    F-3

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years
  Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997                              F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
  December 31, 1998 and 1997                                    F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                      F-6




                          - 79 -



<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                   ----------------------------




The Board of Directors
Heartland Bancshares, Inc.
Herrin, Illinois


We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
condition of Heartland Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiary (the Company) as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Heartland Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then
ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                        /s/ Gray Hunter Stenn, LLP




Marion, Illinois
January 22, 1999



                                F-1



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                   HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,
                                                           1998           1997
                                                           ----           ----
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>
                      ASSETS
                      ------
Cash and cash equivalents
 Interest-bearing                                         $10,220        $ 3,319
 Noninterest-bearing                                        1,982          1,651
Certificates of deposit                                     1,379             95
Investment securities available-for-sale at
 estimated market value (amortized cost of $1,122
 and $1,692, respectively)                                  1,145          1,714
Investment securities held-to-maturity (estimated
 market value of $5,320 and $5,651, respectively)           5,287          5,627
Mortgage-backed and related securities available-for-
 sale at estimated market value (amortized cost of
 $663 and $1,269, respectively)                               661          1,249
Mortgage-backed and related securities held-to-
 maturity (estimated market value of $4,285 and
 $5,694, respectively)                                      4,251          5,737
Loans receivable, net                                      36,382         46,307
Investments required by law                                   539            577
Property, equipment, and property held
 for investment, net                                          486            461
Accrued interest receivable                                   229            292
Prepaid expenses and other assets                              60             32
Prepaid income taxes                                          173             --
Foreclosed real estate                                        293            239
Deferred tax asset                                            238            161
                                                          -------        -------
TOTAL ASSETS                                              $63,325        $67,461
- ------------                                              =======        =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------------

Liabilities
- -----------
 Deposits                                                 $51,417        $54,022
 Accrued interest on deposits                                  49             63
 Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance              205            228
 Other liabilities                                            359            127
 Accrued income taxes                                          --            126
 Short-term borrowings                                         --            750
                                                          -------        -------
 Total Liabilities                                        $52,030        $55,316
 -----------------                                        -------        -------

Commitments and Contingencies
- -----------------------------

Stockholders' Equity
- --------------------
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share: 1,000,000
   shares authorized, - 0 - issued                        $    --        $    --
 Common stock, $.01 par value per share:  4,000,000
   shares authorized; 876,875 shares issued; 832,833 and
   876,875 outstanding at December 31, 1998 and
   December 31, 1997, respectively                              9              9
 Additional paid-in capital                                 8,255          8,212
 Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares        (429)          (519)
 Management recognition plan (MRP) shares                    (435)          (496)
 Treasury stock (44,042 shares at cost)                      (684)            --
 Retained earnings - substantially restricted               4,566          4,938
 Accumulated other comprehensive income                        13              1
                                                          -------        -------

 Total Stockholders' Equity                               $11,295        $12,145
 --------------------------                               -------        -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                $63,325        $67,461
- ------------------------------------------                =======        =======

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                F-2




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                    HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                      (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended
                                                           ---------------------
                                                                December 31,
                                                            1998           1997
                                                           ------         ------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>
Interest Income
- ---------------
 Interest on first mortgage loans                          $3,136         $3,338
 Interest on other loans                                      219            188
 Interest on investments, securities and
   deposits with banks                                        721            673
 Interest on mortgage-backed securities                       371            539
                                                           ------         ------
     Total Interest Income                                 $4,447         $4,738
     ---------------------

Interest Expense
- ----------------
 Interest on deposits                                      $2,544         $2,587
 Interest on other borrowed funds                               3             78
                                                           ------         ------
     Total Interest Expense                                $2,547         $2,665
     ----------------------                                ------         ------

Net Interest Income                                        $1,900         $2,073
- -------------------

Provision for Loan Losses                                     106            156
- -------------------------                                  ------         ------

Net Interest Income After Provision
- -----------------------------------
 for Loan Losses                                           $1,794         $1,917
 ---------------                                           ------         ------

Non-Interest Income
- -------------------
 Initial service charges and other loan fees               $   45         $   50
 Gain on sale of investment securities                         --              4
 Gain on sale of mortgage-backed securities                    --              7
 Gain on sale of other real estate                              8             12
 Other                                                        134            121
                                                           ------         ------
     Total Non-Interest Income                             $  187         $  194
     -------------------------                             ------         ------

Non-Interest Expense
- --------------------
 Compensation to directors, officers, and
   employees                                               $  763         $  750
 Pension expense and other employee benefits                  134            152
 Office properties and equipment expense
   including depreciation                                     143            129
 Advertising                                                   24             44
 Federal insurance premiums                                    48             42
 Stationery, postage, and office supplies                      66             69
 Checking account expense                                      20            132
 Service bureau expense                                       155            102
 Legal and professional services                              482            248
 Adjustment for mortgage loan rebates                         148             --
 Other                                                        223            212
 Loss on sale of other real estate                              6             13
 Loss on sale of investment securities                          1             --
                                                           ------         ------
     Total Non-Interest Expense                            $2,213         $1,893
     --------------------------                            ------         ------

Income Before Income Taxes                                 $ (232)        $  218
- --------------------------

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)                                  (99)            55
                                                           ------         ------

Net Income (Loss)                                          $ (133)        $  163
- -----------------                                          ======         ======

Earnings (Loss) per Common Share - Basic
- ----------------------------------------
 Net income                                                 $(.17)          $.20
                                                           ======         ======

Earnings (Loss) per Common Share - Assuming Dilution
- ----------------------------------------------------
 Net income                                                 $(.17)          $.20
                                                           ======         ======


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                    F-3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                     HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Accumulated
                                           Additional Unearned                                    Other
                                   Common   Paid-In     ESOP      MRP    Treasury  Retained   Comprehensive
                                    Stock   Capital    Shares    Shares    Stock   Earnings      Income      Total
                                   ------  ---------- --------   ------  -------- ----------- -------------  -----
<S>                                  <C>    <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>       <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996         $ 9    $8,153     $(632)    $  --     $  --    $5,101        $(15)     $12,616
- ----------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss):
 Net income (loss)                   $--    $   --     $  --     $  --     $  --    $  163        $ --      $   163
 Other comprehensive income,
   net of tax:
    Unrealized gains (losses) on
     securities:
     Gain arising during year
     (net of tax of $14)              --        --        --        --        --        --          20           20
     Reclassification adjustment
     (net of tax of $3)               --                  --        --        --        --          (4)          (4)
                                     ---    ------     -----     -----     -----    ------        ----      -------
Total comprehensive income (loss)    $--    $   --     $  --     $  --     $  --    $  163        $ 16      $   179
Purchase of shares for MRP                                        (552)                                        (552)
Amortization of MRP                                                 56                                           56
Cash dividends paid                   --        --        --        --        --      (326)         --         (326)
Amortization of ESOP expense          --        59       113        --        --        --          --          172
                                     ---    ------     -----     -----     -----    ------        ----      -------

Balance at December 31, 1997          $9    $8,212     $(519)    $(496)    $  --    $4,938        $  1      $12,145
- ----------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss):
 Net income (loss)                   $--    $   --     $  --     $  --     $  --    $ (133)       $ --      $  (133)
 Other comprehensive income,
   net of tax:
    Unrealized gains (losses) on
     securities:
     Gain arising during year
     (net of tax of $8)               --        --        --        --        --        --          14           14
     Reclassification adjustment
     (net of tax of $1)               --        --        --        --        --        --          (2)          (2)
                                     ---    ------     -----     -----     -----    ------        ----      -------
Total comprehensive income (loss)    $--    $   --     $  --     $  --     $  --    $ (133)       $ 12      $  (121)
Purchase of treasury stock
 (44,042 shares at cost)              --        --        --        --      (684)       --          --         (684)
Amortization of MRP                                                 61                                           61
Cash dividends paid                   --        --        --        --        --      (239)         --         (239)
Amortization of ESOP expense          --        43        90        --        --        --          --          133
                                     ---    ------     -----     -----     -----    ------        ----      -------
Balance at December 31, 1998         $ 9    $8,255     $(429)    $(435)    $(684)   $4,566        $ 13      $11,295
- ----------------------------         ===    ======     =====     =====     =====    ======        ====      =======


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                         F-4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                         HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year Ended
                                                                    ----------------------
                                                                          December 31,
                                                                      1998           1997
                                                                    -------        -------
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
- ------------------------------------
 Net income (loss)                                                  $  (133)       $   163
                                                                    -------        -------
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
 cash provided (used) by operating activities
   Depreciation                                                     $    65        $    55
   Discount accretion/premium amortization-securities, net              (32)            (2)
   Amortization of deferred loan origination fees                       (30)           (11)
   Amortization of ESOP expense                                         133            172
   Amortization of MRP expense                                           61             56
   Provision for loan losses                                            106            156
   (Gain) loss on sale of investments                                     1            (11)
   (Gain) loss on sale of other real estate                              (2)             1
   (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable                    63             24
   (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses/other assets                 (28)            24
   (Increase) decrease in prepaid income taxes                         (173)            73
   (Increase) decrease in deferred income taxes                         (84)          (107)
   Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable                      (14)            14
   Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                             232             20
   Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes                         (126)           126
   Total Adjustments                                                $   172        $   590
   -----------------                                                -------        -------

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities                           $    39        $   753
- -----------------------------------------                           -------        -------

Cash Flows From Investing Activities
- ------------------------------------
 Net (increase) decrease in certificates of deposit                 $(1,284)       $   198
 Proceeds from maturities of investment securities
   and mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity                    2,420          3,660
 Proceeds from maturities of investment securities and
   mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                        450            350
 Principal payments on mortgage-backed securities                     2,341          1,433
 Net (increase) decrease in loans receivable                          9,639         (5,122)
 Purchases of property and equipment                                    (90)           (37)
 Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity                  (2,450)          (251)
 Purchase of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity               (227)            --
 Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale                    --           (200)
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale         374            251
 Proceeds from sale of mortgage-backed securities
   available-for-sale                                                    --          1,084
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities held-to-maturity           125             --
 Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                (8)           (88)
 Proceeds from the redemption of Federal Home Loan bank stock            46             --
 Proceeds from sale of other real estate                                158             29
                                                                    -------        -------
 Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities                          $11,494        $ 1,307
 -----------------------------------------                          -------        -------

Cash Flows From Financing Activities
- ------------------------------------
 Net increase (decrease) in deposits                                $(2,605)       $ 1,190
 Net increase (decrease) in mortgage escrow funds                       (23)           (24)
 Dividends on common stock                                             (239)          (326)
 Net increase (decrease) in short term borrowings                      (750)           750
 Shares acquired by MRP                                                  --           (552)
 Purchase of treasury stock                                            (684)            --
                                                                    -------        -------

 Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities                $(4,301)       $ 1,038
 ---------------------------------------------------                -------        -------

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents                $ 7,232        $ 3,098
- ----------------------------------------------------

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year                        4,970          1,872
                                                                    -------        -------

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year                            $12,202        $ 4,970
- ----------------------------------------                            =======        =======

<PAGE>
Supplemental Disclosures
- ------------------------
Cash Paid During the Period for:
 Interest                                                           $ 2,561        $ 2,651
 Income taxes paid (refunded)                                       $   285        $   (37)
Loans Transferred to Foreclosed Real Estate During Period           $   276        $   220
Proceeds From Sales of Foreclosed Real Estate Financed
 Through Loans                                                      $    19        $    84



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                  F-5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                       HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.
                       --------------------------

                           AND SUBSIDIARY
                           --------------

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              ------------------------------------------

                      DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                      --------------------------

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
     ------------------------------------------

     The accounting and reporting policies of Heartland Bancshares, Inc.
     (the "Company") and its subsidiary, Heartland National Bank (the
     "Bank"), are in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles and conform to general practices within the financial
     institution industry.  The more significant of the principles used
     in preparing the financial statements are briefly described below.

     BUSINESS
     --------

     The Company (through the Bank) provides a full range of financial
     services to individual and corporate customers from two office
     locations in Herrin and Carterville, Illinois.  The Company is
     subject to competition from other financial institutions in the
     area, is subject to the regulations of certain federal agencies and
     undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

     On June 28, 1996, First Federal Savings and Loan Association of
     Herrin (the "Association") completed its conversion from a federal
     mutual savings and loan association to a federal stock savings and
     loan association and then from a stock association to a national
     bank known as Heartland National Bank.  Simultaneously, Heartland
     National Bank was acquired by Heartland Bancshares, Inc. which was
     formed to act as the holding company of the Bank.  At the date of
     the conversion, the Company completed the sale of 876,875 shares of
     $.01 par value common stock (the "Common Stock") at $10.00 per
     share.  Net proceeds from the above transactions, after deducting
     offering expenses, underwriting fees and amounts retained to fund
     the Company's employee stock ownership plan (the "ESOP"), totaled
     approximately $7.4 million.

     The Company is primarily engaged in the business of directing,
     planning and coordinating the business activities of the Bank.
     These activities primarily consist of accepting deposits from the
     general public and investing these funds in loans in the Bank's
     market area and in investment securities and mortgage-backed
     securities.

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION
     ---------------------

     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
     conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  In
     preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is
     required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
     amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance
     sheet and revenues and expenses for the year.  Actual results could
     differ significantly from those estimates.

     Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant
     change in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance
     for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in
     connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans.


                                F-6




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Management believes that the allowances for losses on loans and real
     estate acquired by foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans are
     adequate.  While management uses available information to provide
     for such allowances, future additions to the allowances may be
     necessary based upon changes in economic conditions.  In addition,
     various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their
     examination process, periodically review the Company's allowances
     for losses.  Such agencies may require the Company to recognize
     additions to the allowances based upon their judgments about
     information available to them at the time of their examination.

     PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
     ---------------------------

     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
     accounts of Heartland Bancshares, Inc., Heartland National Bank and
     Herrin First Service Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of
     Heartland National Bank.  All significant intercompany balances and
     transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

     Herrin First Service Corporation was formed in 1971 by the
     Association for the purpose of developing a residential subdivision.
     Such development was completed and all lots were subsequently sold.
     No further development activities have been undertaken or are
     currently planned, although the corporation, with regulatory
     approval, recently purchased and subsequently sold one residential
     real estate property.

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
     -------------------------

     Cash and cash equivalents were $12,202,000 and $4,970,000 at
     December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively.  For purposes
     of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on
     hand, amounts of cash due from banks, short-term investment accounts
     and the Bank's Regulation D reserve and all highly liquid
     instruments with original maturities of 3 months or less.   The Bank
     has a reserve requirement pass-thru deposit for its deposits at the
     Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.  This requirement was $5,000 at
     December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997.

     INVESTMENT SECURITIES
     ---------------------

     The Company accounts for its security holdings in accordance with
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 "Accounting for
     Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS No. 115").
     At acquisition, SFAS No. 115 requires that securities be classified
     into one of three categories:  trading;, available-for-sale; or
     held-to-maturity.  Trading securities are bought and held
     principally with the intention of selling them in the near-term.
     The Company has no trading securities.  Investment securities that
     management has the ability and intent to hold to maturity are
     classified as held-to-maturity and carried at cost, adjusted for
     amortization of premium and accretion of discounts using the level-
     yield method over their contractual lives.  Other marketable
     securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at
     fair value.  Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading
     securities are included in net income.  Unrealized gains and losses
     on securities available-for-sale are recognized as other
     comprehensive income, net of related tax.  Cost of securities sold
     is recognized using the specific identification method.

     Securities available-for-sale are stated at fair value for
     December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997.  Fair value is based on
     market prices quoted in financial publications or other independent
     sources.  Pursuant to SFAS No. 115, net unrealized gains or losses
     are excluded from earnings and reported, net of deferred income
     taxes, as a separate component of stockholders' equity until
     realized.  The adjusted cost of the specific security available-for-
     sale that is sold is used to compute any gain or loss upon sale.


                               F-7




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
     --------------------------

     Mortgage-backed securities represent participating interests in
     pools of long-term first mortgage loans originated and serviced by
     issuers of the securities.  Mortgage-backed securities classified as
     held-to-maturity are carried at unpaid principal balances, adjusted
     for unamortized premiums and unearned discounts.

     Premiums and discounts are amortized using methods approximating the
     level-yield method over the remaining period to contractual
     maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments.  Mortgage-backed
     securities classified as available-for-sale are stated at fair value
     at December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997.  Adjustments for
     unrealized gains and losses on mortgage-backed securities are
     recorded in the same manner as those on investment securities.  In
     the event any securities are sold, the cost of securities sold is
     determined using the specific identification method.

     REAL ESTATE OWNED
     -----------------

     Real estate properties acquired through loan foreclosure are
     recorded at the lower of cost (outstanding principal balance of the
     related mortgage loan at the date of foreclosure, adjusted for any
     escrow balance) or estimated fair value, less estimated selling
     expenses.  Costs of holding real estate acquired in settlement of
     loans are reflected in income currently, except for significant
     property improvements, which are capitalized to the extent that
     carrying value does not exceed estimated fair value, net of
     estimated selling cost.

     Valuations are periodically performed by management and an allowance
     for losses is established by a charge to operations if the carrying
     value of a property exceeds its estimated fair value.

     PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND RELATED DEPRECIATION
     --------------------------------------------

     Land is carried at cost.  Properties and equipment are carried at
     cost, less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation of properties and
     equipment is being determined by the straight-line method over the
     estimated useful lives of the related assets.  The estimated useful
     lives are ten to forty years for buildings and improvements and
     three to thirty-three years for equipment.

     LOANS RECEIVABLE
     ----------------

     Loans are considered a held-to-maturity asset and, accordingly, are
     carried at historical cost.  Loans receivable are stated at unpaid
     principal balances, less the allowance for loan losses and net
     deferred loan origination fees and discounts.  Interest on loans is
     accrued and credited to operations based upon the principal amount
     outstanding.  Unearned discount on home improvement loans is
     amortized over the estimated lives of the related loans using
     various methods which approximate the effective interest method.

     The Company adopted SFAS No. 114 "Accounting by Creditors for
     Impairment of a Loan" ("SFAS No. 114") and SFAS No. 118 "Accounting
     by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan -- Income Recognition and
     Disclosures," ("SFAS No. 118"), an amendment of SFAS No. 114,
     effective January 1, 1995.  These statements address the accounting
     by creditors for impairment of certain loans.  They apply to all
     creditors and to all loans, uncollateralized as well as
     collateralized, except for large groups of smaller-balance
     homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment,
     loans measured at fair value or at lower of cost or fair value,
     leases and debt securities.  The Company considers all one- to four-
     family residential mortgage loans, construction loans and all
     consumer loans (as presented in Note 4) to be smaller-balance
     homogeneous loans.  These statements apply to all loans that are
     restructured

                                  F-8




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     involving a modification of terms.  Loans within the scope of these
     statements are considered impaired when, based on current information
     and events, it is probable that all principal and interest will not be
     collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loans.
     Management determines the impairment of loans based on knowledge of the
     borrower's ability to repay the loan according to the contractual
     agreement and the borrower's repayment history.  Pursuant to SFAS No. 114,
     management does not consider an insignificant delay or insignificant
     shortfall to impair a loan.  Management has determined that a delay less
     than 90 days will be considered an insignificant delay and that an amount
     less than $15,000 will be considered an insignificant shortfall.  The
     Company does not apply SFAS No. 114 using major risk classifications, but
     applies SFAS No. 114 on a loan by loan basis.  Impaired loans are charged
     off when management determines that principal and interest are not
     collectible.  Any excess of the Company's recorded investment for
     impairment in the loans over the measured value of the loans is provided
     for in the allowance for loan losses.

     Loans are placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically
     determined to be impaired.  Any unpaid interest previously accrued
     on those loans is reversed from income.  Interest income generally
     is not recognized on specific impaired loans unless the likelihood
     of further loss is remote.  Income is subsequently recognized only
     to the extent that cash payments are received until, in management's
     judgment, the borrower's ability to make periodic interest and
     principal payments is back to normal, in which case the loan is
     returned to accrual status.

     Loan fees are deferred and amortized using the level-yield method
     over the estimated life of the individual loans, adjusted for actual
     prepayments.  Amortization of deferred loan fees are suspended
     during periods in which the related loan is in nonaccrual status.

     VALUATION ALLOWANCE FOR LOANS AND REAL ESTATE OWNED
     ---------------------------------------------------

     The Company's allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level
     which, in management's judgment, is adequate to absorb probable
     losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The amount of the allowance
     is based on management's evaluation of the collectibility of the
     loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit
     concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific
     impaired loans and economic conditions.  The Company's allowance is
     increased by a provision for loan losses which is charged to expense
     and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Changes in the
     allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the
     provision for loan losses.

     INCOME TAXES
     ------------

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently
     enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the
     deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or
     settled.  As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax
     assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income
     taxes.

     EARNINGS PER SHARE
     ------------------

     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
     128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS No. 128"), earnings per common
     share are being computed and presented on both a basic and diluted
     basis.  Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted
     average number of shares actually outstanding during the period in
     question.  In addition to using the weighted average number of
     outstanding shares, diluted earnings per share computations also
     consider the dilutive effect of stock options.  The number of shares
     that would be issued from the exercise of stock options has been
     reduced by the number of shares that could have been purchased from
     the proceeds at the average market price of the Company's stock.  In
     accordance with Statement of Position 93-6, "Employers' Accounting
     for

                                 F-9




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Employee Stock Ownership Plans" ("SOP 93-6"), only employee stock
     ownership plan shares that have been committed to be released are
     considered outstanding shares.  The number of shares outstanding
     has also been reduced by shares repurchased by the Company and held
     as treasury stock (see Note 23).

     DIVIDENDS PER SHARE
     -------------------

     In accordance with the provisions of SOP 93-6, dividends paid on
     unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are not considered
     dividends for financial reporting purposes.

     ADVERTISING COSTS
     -----------------

     Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred.

     IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
     ----------------------------------

     Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting
     for Stock Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123") was issued by the
     Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") in October, 1995.
     SFAS No. 123 establishes a fair value-based method of accounting for
     stock options and other equity instruments.  It requires the use of
     that method for transactions with other than employees and
     encourages its use for transactions with employees.  It permits
     entities to continue to use the intrinsic value method included in
     Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for
     Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB-25"), but regardless of the method
     used to account for the compensation cost associated with stock
     option and similar plans, it requires employers to disclose
     information in accordance with SFAS No. 123.  The general principle
     underlying SFAS No. 123 is that equity instruments are recognized at
     the fair value of the consideration received for them.  If the fair
     value of the consideration received cannot be reasonably determined,
     the fair value of the equity instrument itself may be used.  The
     fair value method of accounting for stock options and other
     instruments applies this general principle measuring compensation
     cost for employers as the excess of the fair value of the equity
     instrument over the amount paid by the employee.  The definition of
     fair value in SFAS No. 123 is the same as that included in SFAS No.
     121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
     Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed of."

     SFAS No. 123 requires significantly expanded disclosures, including
     disclosure of the pro forma amount of net income (and earnings per
     share for public entities) as if the fair value-based method were
     used to account for stock-based compensation if the intrinsic value
     method of APB-25 is retained.

     The recognition requirements for transactions with other than
     employees apply for transactions entered into after December 15,
     1995.  The recognition alternative of the fair value-based method
     for transactions with employees may be implemented immediately upon
     issuance of SFAS No. 123.  The disclosure requirements, which apply
     regardless of the recognition method chosen, are applicable for
     financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
     1995.

     The Company accounts for the stock-based compensation plans (see
     Note 12) according to the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123.

     Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets.  In
     June, 1996, the FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers
     and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities"
     ("SFAS No. 125").  SFAS No. 125 establishes accounting and reporting
     standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and
     extinguishments of liabilities based on the consistent application
     of the financial components approach.  This approach requires the
     recognition of financial assets and servicing

                                   F-10



 <PAGE>
<PAGE>

     assets that are controlled by the reporting entity, the derecognition
     of financial assets when control is surrendered and the derecognition
     of liabilities when they are extinguished.  Specific criteria are
     established for determining when control has been surrendered in the
     transfer of financial assets.  SFAS No. 125 is effective for transfers
     and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities
     occurring after December 31, 1996.  Subsequent to the issuance of SFAS
     No. 125, the FASB issued SFAS No. 127, "Deferral of the Effective Date
     of Certain Provisions of FASB Statement No. 125" ("SFAS No. 127").  SFAS
     No. 127 defers for one year the effective date of SFAS No. 125 as applies
     to secured borrowings and collateral and certain other transactions.  The
     Company has adopted the relevant provisions of the statement.  The
     provisions of the statement did not have a material effect on the
     Company's financial position or operating results.

     Earnings per Share.  In February, 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No.
     128.  SFAS No. 128 establishes standards for computing and
     presenting earnings per share ("EPS") and applies to entities with
     publicly held common stock or potential common stock.  The statement
     simplifies the standards for computing earnings per share previously
     found in APB Opinion No. 15, "Earnings per Share," and makes them
     comparable to international EPS standards.  It replaces the
     presentation of primary EPS with a presentation of basic EPS.  It
     also requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face
     of the income statement for all entities with complex capital
     structures, and requires a reconciliation of the two computations.
     This statement is effective for financial statements issued for
     periods ending after December 15, 1997, with earlier application not
     permitted.  The Company has adopted SFAS No. 128 effective for the
     year ended December 31, 1997.

     Comprehensive Income.  In June, 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
     "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS No. 130").  SFAS No. 130
     establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
     income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in
     a full set of general purpose financial statements.  This statement
     requires that all items that are required to be recognized under
     accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be
     reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same
     prominence as other financial statements.

     This statement requires that an enterprise (a) classify items of
     other comprehensive income by their nature in a financial statement
     and (b) display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive
     income separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in
     capital in the equity section of a statement of financial position.
     This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
     December 15, 1997.  The Company has adopted the provisions of the
     statement in 1998 and has presented comprehensive income information
     in the consolidated statements of financial condition and statements
     of stockholders' equity.

     Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.
     In June, 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about
     Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS No. 131").
     SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way that public business
     enterprises report information about operating segments in annual
     financial statements and requires that those enterprises report
     selected information about operating segments in interim financial
     reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards for
     related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas
     and major customers.  This statement is effective for financial
     statements for periods beginning after December 15, 1997.  The
     management of the Company has adopted the appropriate provisions of
     the statement for 1998.

     Employers' Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement
     Benefits.  In February, 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132,
     "Employers' Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement
     Benefits" ("SFAS No. 132").  SFAS No. 132 standardizes the
     disclosure requirements for pensions and other postretirement
     benefits.  This statement is effective for financial statements for
     periods beginning

                                   F-11



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     after December 15, 1997.  The management of the Company has adopted
     the appropriate provisions of the statements at January 1, 1998.

     Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.  In
     June, 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
     Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133").  SFAS No. 133
     establishes a new model for accounting for derivatives and hedging
     activities and supersedes and amends a number of existing standards.
     SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15,
     1999, but earlier application is permitted as of the beginning of
     any fiscal quarters subsequent to June 15, 1998.  Upon the
     statement's initial application, all derivatives are required to be
     recognized in the statement of financial position as either assets
     or liabilities and measured at fair value.  In addition, all hedging
     relationships must be designated, reassessed and documented pursuant
     to the provisions of SFAS No. 133.  Adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not
     expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial
     position or operating results.

     Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities.  In October, 1998, the
     FASB issued SFAS No. 134, "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities
     Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by
     a Mortgage Banking Enterprise" ("SFAS No. 134").  SFAS No. 134
     amends the earlier SFAS No. 65, "Accounting for Certain Mortgage
     Banking Activities."  The new statement requires that, after the
     securitization of mortgage loans held for sale, an entity engaged in
     mortgage banking activities should classify the resulting mortgage-
     backed securities or other retained interests based on its ability
     and intent to sell or hold those investments.  The statement is
     effective for the first fiscal quarter beginning after December 15,
     1998.  The management of the Company does not currently believe that
     its activities meet the definition of "mortgage banking activities,"
     and therefore does not anticipate that this statement will have a
     material effect on the Company's financial position or operating
     results.

     RECLASSIFICATIONS
     -----------------

     Certain reclassifications have been made for 1997 to conform with
     the 1998 financial statement presentation.  The reclassifications
     had no effect on previously reported net income or retained
     earnings.



                                 F-12



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

2.   INVESTMENT SECURITIES
     ---------------------

     Securities held-to-maturity and available-for-sale consist of the
     following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                GROSS        GROSS    ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED   MARKET
                                   COST          GAINS       LOSSES     VALUE
                                ---------     ----------   ---------- ---------
                                                  (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>      <C>
    Held-to-Maturity:

     December 31, 1998
     -----------------

     U. S. government and
       federal agencies           $4,897         $37           $4       $4,930
     Municipal securities <F*>       390          --           --          390
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

     Total                        $5,287         $37           $4       $5,320
     -----                        ======         ===           ==       ======

<FN>
    <F*>Local issues with no actively traded markets to establish fair
        market value different from amortized cost.

<CAPTION>
                                                GROSS        GROSS    ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED   MARKET
                                   COST          GAINS       LOSSES     VALUE
                                ---------     ----------   ---------- ---------
                                                  (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>      <C>
    Held-to-Maturity:

     December 31, 1997
     -----------------

     U. S. government and
       federal agencies           $4,842         $33           $9      $4,866
     Municipal securities <F*>       785          --           --         785
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

     Total                        $5,627         $33           $9      $5,651
     -----                        ======         ===           ==      ======

<FN>
<F*>Local issues with no actively traded markets to establish fair
    market value different from amortized cost.

                                    F-13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                                GROSS        GROSS    ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED   MARKET
                                   COST          GAINS       LOSSES     VALUE
                                ---------     ----------   ---------- ---------
                                                  (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>      <C>
    Available-for-Sale:

     December 31, 1998
     -----------------

     U. S. government and
       federal agencies           $  997         $21          $--      $1,018
     Municipal securities            125           2           --         127
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

       Total                      $1,122         $23          $--      $1,145
       -----                      ======         ===          ===      ======


<CAPTION>
                                                GROSS        GROSS    ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED   MARKET
                                   COST          GAINS       LOSSES     VALUE
                                ---------     ----------   ---------- ---------
                                                  (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>           <C>      <C>
    December 31, 1997
    -----------------

     U. S. government and
       federal agencies           $1,692         $22          $--      $1,714
     Municipal securities             --          --           --          --
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

       Total                      $1,692         $22          $--      $1,714
       -----                      ======         ===          ===      ======
</TABLE>


     The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at
     December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, by contractual maturity,
     are shown below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual
     maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay
     obligations without call or prepayment penalties.


     Amounts maturing in:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SECURITIES               SECURITIES
                                  HELD-TO-MATURITY        AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                ---------------------    ---------------------
                                            ESTIMATED                ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     MARKET     AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                   COST       VALUE        COST        VALUE
                                ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                 (1,000'S)
                                ----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
    December 31, 1998
    -----------------
     One year or less             $3,704      $3,709       $  250      $  252
     After one year through
       five years                  1,358       1,386          872         893
     After five years through
       ten years                     225         225           --          --
     After ten years                  --          --           --          --
                                  ------      ------       ------      ------

       Total                      $5,287      $5,320       $1,122      $1,145
       -----                      ======      ======       ======      ======
</TABLE>

                                  F-14




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SECURITIES               SECURITIES
                                  HELD-TO-MATURITY        AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                ---------------------    ---------------------
                                            ESTIMATED                ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     MARKET     AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                   COST       VALUE        COST        VALUE
                                ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                 (1,000'S)
                                ----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
    December 31, 1997
    -----------------
     One year or less             $2,042      $2,041       $  100      $  100
     After one year through
       five years                  3,360       3,385        1,592       1,614
     After five years through
       ten years                     225         225           --          --
     After ten years                  --          --           --          --
                                  ------      ------       ------      ------
       Total                      $5,627      $5,651       $1,692      $1,714
       -----                      ======      ======       ======      ======
</TABLE>

     No securities were pledged at December 31, 1998 or December 31, 1997
     to secure deposits in excess of $100,000.

     For the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company sold
     investment securities resulting in net realized losses of $1,000 and
     net realized gains of $4,000, respectively.  These sales had
     approximate net after-tax effects of $(600) and $2,500,
     respectively.  These securities were sold for total proceeds of
     $499,000 and $251,000, respectively.  These totals include the sale
     of the held-to-maturity securities described below.

     During the second quarter of 1998, the holding company (Heartland
     Bancshares, Inc.) sold a municipal security which had been
     classified as held-to-maturity for total proceeds of $124,909,
     resulting in a net loss of $91.  As a result of this transaction,
     the other securities of that issue held by the holding company
     (which comprise all of the held-to-maturity securities held by the
     holding company) were transferred to the available-for-sale
     category.  These securities are currently shown at estimated market
     value as required by SFAS No. 115.  These securities had an
     amortized cost of approximately $250,000, with an unrealized gain of
     approximately $2,199 at transfer.


                                F-15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

3.   MORTGAGE-BACKED AND RELATED SECURITIES
     --------------------------------------

     Mortgage-backed and related securities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                   COST        GAINS        LOSSES      VALUE
                                ---------    ----------   ----------  ---------
                                                   (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>
    Held-to-Maturity:

     December 31, 1998
     -----------------

     FNMA                         $1,921         $34          $10      $1,945
     GNMA                            629          11           --         640
     FHLMC                         1,701           5            6       1,700
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

       Total                      $4,251         $50          $16      $4,285
       -----                      ======         ===          ===      ======


<CAPTION>
                                               GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                   COST        GAINS        LOSSES      VALUE
                                ---------    ----------   ----------  ---------
                                                   (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>

    December 31, 1997
    -----------------

     FNMA                         $2,352         $12          $19      $2,345
     GNMA                            871          21           --         892
     FHLMC                         2,514           4           61       2,457
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

       Total                      $5,737         $37          $80      $5,694
       -----                      ======         ===          ===      ======

<CAPTION>
                                               GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                   COST        GAINS        LOSSES      VALUE
                                ---------    ----------   ----------  ---------
                                                   (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>

    Available-for-Sale:

     December 31, 1998
     -----------------

     FNMA                           $199         $--          $--        $199
     GNMA                             --          --           --          --
     FHLMC                           464           1            3         462
                                    ----         ---          ---        ----

       Total                        $663         $ 1          $ 3        $661
       -----                        ====         ===          ===        ====




                                F-16




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                               GROSS        GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                   COST        GAINS        LOSSES      VALUE
                                ---------    ----------   ----------  ---------
                                                   (1,000'S)
                                -----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>

    December 31, 1997
    -----------------

     FNMA                         $  433         $--          $ 7      $  426
     GNMA                             --          --           --          --
     FHLMC                           836           1           14         823
                                  ------         ---          ---      ------

       Total                      $1,269         $ 1          $21      $1,249
       -----                      ======         ===          ===      ======
</TABLE>


     The above securities are issued, guaranteed or collateralized by one
     of the following:  the Government National Mortgage Association
     (GNMA), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the
     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC).

     A summary of maturities, by contractual maturity, of mortgage-backed
     and related securities held-to-maturity and available-for-sale as of
     December 31, 1998 is shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SECURITIES               SECURITIES
                                  HELD-TO-MATURITY        AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                ---------------------    ---------------------
                                            ESTIMATED                ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     MARKET     AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                   COST       VALUE        COST        VALUE
                                ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                  (1,000'S)
                                ----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
    Mortgage-backed securities:
     In one year or less          $    -      $    -       $535        $532
     After one year through
       five years                  2,649       2,662        128         129
     After five years through
       ten years                     548         550          -           -
     After ten years               1,054       1,073          -           -
                                  ------      ------       ----        ----

      Total                       $4,251      $4,285       $663        $661
      -----                       ======      ======       ====        ====
</TABLE>


                              F-17




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     A summary of maturities, by contractual maturity, of mortgage-backed
     and related securities held-to-maturity and available-for-sale as of
     December 31, 1997 is shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SECURITIES               SECURITIES
                                  HELD-TO-MATURITY        AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                ---------------------    ---------------------
                                            ESTIMATED                ESTIMATED
                                AMORTIZED     MARKET     AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                   COST       VALUE        COST        VALUE
                                ---------   ---------    ---------   ---------
                                                  (1,000'S)
                                ----------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
    Mortgage-backed securities:
     In one year or less          $    -      $    -       $    -      $    -
     After one year through
       five years                  3,366       3,305        1,269       1,249
     After five years through
       ten years                     761         753            -           -
     After ten years               1,610       1,636            -           -
                                  ------      ------       ------      ------

      Total                       $5,737      $5,694       $1,269      $1,249
      -----                       ======      ======       ======      ======
</TABLE>

     For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company sold mortgage-
     backed securities resulting in net realized gains of $7,000 having a
     net after-tax effect of $4,300.  These securities were sold for
     total proceeds of $1,084,000.  No mortgage-backed securities were
     sold during 1998.


                                   F-18



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


4.   LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET
     ---------------------

     A comparative summary of loans receivable follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>
    Type of Loan:
    ------------
     Real estate loans:
      One- to four-family residential        $28,475           $37,546
      Multi-family residential                 1,028             1,433
      Construction                               653               381
      Church                                   1,671             1,735
      Commercial                               3,171             3,140
                                             -------           -------
      Total Real Estate Loans                $34,998           $44,235
                                             -------           -------

     Consumer loans: (Net of unearned
      Discount of $4,000 at December 31,
      1998 and $8,000 at December 31, 1997)
        Automobiles                          $   466           $   508
        Savings account                          384               477
        Home improvement                         848               779
        Other                                    284             1,157
                                             -------           -------

               Total Consumer Loans          $ 1,982           $ 2,921
                                             -------           -------

               Total Gross Loans             $36,980           $47,156
                                             -------           -------

     Less:
        Loans in process                     $   182           $   375
        Deferred service charge                   44                74
        Allowance for loan losses                372               400
                                             -------           -------

               Total                         $36,382           $46,307
               -----                         =======           =======
</TABLE>

    A summary of impaired loans at December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as
    follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>

    Nonaccrual loans                           $478             $619
                                               ====             ====

    Allowance for loan losses on
          impaired loans                       $ 72             $ 62
                                               ====             ====

    Average balance of impaired loans
          During the year                      $559             $618
                                               ====             ====
</TABLE>

                            F-19

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



    Additional gross interest income of approximately $13,000 and
    $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
    respectively, would have been recorded on nonaccrual loans if
    interest income had been recognized throughout the periods. None of
    this income was actually recognized during these periods.


5.  INVESTMENTS REQUIRED BY LAW
    ---------------------------

    Investments available-for-sale required by law consist of the
    following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>

     Federal Home Loan Bank stock              $416             $454
     Federal Reserve Bank stock                 123              123
                                               ----             ----

           Total                               $539             $577
           -----                               ====             ====
</TABLE>
     The above investments are valued at cost, which represents
     redemption value and approximates fair value.  Redemption proceeds
     of $46,000 was received during the year ended December 31, 1998
     resulting in no net realized gain or loss.

6.   ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
     -------------------------

     A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the
     years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>

    Balance at beginning of period             $ 400            $300

     Write offs                                 (141)            (60)
     Recoveries                                    7               4
     Provision for loan loss                     106             156
                                                ----            ----

    Balance at end of period                    $372            $400
                                                ====            ====
</TABLE>

                            F-20

<PAGE>
<PAGE>




7.   ALLOWANCE FOR OTHER REAL ESTATE
     -------------------------------

     A summary of the changes in the allowance for other real estate for
     the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
    Balance at beginning of period             $ 3              $  5


     Provision for other real estate loss        -                10
     Sales of other real estate                 (3)              (12)
                                               ---              ----

    Balance at end of period                   $ -              $  3
                                               ===              ====
</TABLE>


8.   ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE
     ---------------------------

     Accrued interest receivable is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
    Investment securities                      $ 75             $110

     Mortgage-backed securities                  26               36
     Accrued dividends - FHLB stock               7                8
     Loans                                      121              138
                                               ----             ----

    Total                                      $229             $292
    -----                                      ====             ====
</TABLE>

                              F-21





<PAGE>
<PAGE>

9.   PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY HELD FOR INVESTMENT
     ----------------------------------------------------

     Property, equipment and property held for investment are summarized
     as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
     Land and land improvements                $164             $164
     Office buildings and improvements          286              282
     Furniture property and real estate held    434              348
     Rental property and real estate held
     For development                             81               81
                                               ----             ----

                                               $965             $875
     Less - Accumulated depreciation            479              414
     ----                                      ----             ----

      Total                                    $486             $461
      -----                                    ====             ====
</TABLE>

     Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
     was $65,000 and $55,000, respectively.


                                  F-22




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

10.  DEPOSITS
     --------

     Deposit accounts and interest rates at December 31, 1998 and 1997
     were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1998                                      1997
                              -----------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                                               PERCENT                               PERCENT
                              INTEREST                            OF       INTEREST                     OF
                                RATE              AMOUNT       ACCOUNTS      RATE         AMOUNT     ACCOUNTS
                              --------            ------       --------    --------       ------     --------
                                                               (1,000'S)

<S>                          <C>                 <C>           <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
     Noninterest-bearing
      accounts                  N/A              $ 1,042         2.03%       N/A          $   667      1.23%

     NOW accounts            2.83%-3.33%         $ 7,669        14.92%          2.93%     $ 8,868     16.42%

     Passbook                3.84%-4.23%         $ 7,222        14.04%    3.84%-4.98%     $ 7,055     13.05%

     Christmas Club                4.08%             $10          .02%          4.08%     $     8      0.01%

     Certificate of Deposit
      91 day                 4.30%-4.32%         $   441          .86%    4.80%-4.81%     $   433       .80%
      6 month                4.74%-4.82%           3,708         7.21%    5.30%-5.35%       3,962      7.33%
      12 month               5.30%-5.37%           7,413        14.42%    5.60%-5.74%       9,508     17.60%
      18 month               5.73%-5.77%           5,822        11.32%    5.68%-5.75%       2,107      3.90%
      30 month               5.86%-5.91%           6,364        12.28%    5.86%-5.96%       6,238     11.55%
      3 year                 5.60%-5.98%             923         1.80%    5.70%-6.98%       2,047      3.79%
      4 year                 5.95%-6.05%             402          .78%    5.94%-6.05%         551      1.02%
      5 year                 5.43%-5.79%             614         1.19%    6.00%-6.08%       2,488      4.61%
      6 year                 6.04%-6.26%           1,095         2.13%    6.03%-6.30%       1,151      2.13%
      8 year                 6.49%-6.85%           1,393         2.71%    6.53%-6.85%       1,355      2.51%
      Jumbo                  4.29%-5.97%           4,007         7.79%    5.33%-6.25%       4.136      7.66%
                             ----------          -------       ------     ----------      -------    ------

                                                 $32,182        62.59%                    $33,976     62.90%
                                                 -------       ------                     -------    ------

     Individual retirement
      Accounts               5.80%-5.93%          $3,292         6.40%    5.75%-5.92%     $ 3,448      6.38%
                             ----------          -------       ------     ----------      -------    ------

     Total                                       $51,417       100.00%                    $54,022    100.00%
                                                 =======       ======                     =======    ======
</TABLE>


     The following schedule sets forth the amount and maturities of time
     deposits at December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                             -------           -------
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                             -------------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
     Maturing in - Less than one year        $21,605           $25,571
     - From one to two years                   8,681             6,766
     - From two to three years                 3,571             2,268
     - From three to four years                  775             1,732
     - From four to five years                   326               529
     - Over five years                           516               558
                                             -------           -------

    Total                                    $35,474           $37,424
    -----                                    =======           =======
</TABLE>

     The aggregate amount of time deposits with a minimum denomination of
     $100,000 was approximately $4,007,000 at December 31, 1998 and
     $4,136,000 at December 31, 1997.

                               F-23




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The Bank did not have brokered deposits at December 31, 1998 and
     1997.  Deposits in excess of $100,000 are not federally insured.

     Deposits by officers, directors and employees were $748,000 at
     December 31, 1998 and $734,000 at December 31, 1997.

     Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 1998
     and 1997 is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
     Interest on passbooks                     $  283         $  266
     Interest on NOW accounts                     221            260
     Interest on time deposits                  2,049          2,074
     Early withdrawal penalties                    (9)           (13)
                                               ------         ------

     Total                                     $2,544         $2,587
     -----                                     ======         ======
</TABLE>

11.  INCOME TAXES
     ------------

     The Company and the Bank file consolidated federal income tax
     returns on a calendar year basis.

     Income tax expense is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
    Current Tax Expense (Benefit)
    -----------------------------
     Federal                                   $ (2)           $ 151
     State                                      (10)              11
                                               ----            -----

    Total Current                              $(12)           $ 162
    -------------                              ----            -----
    Deferred Tax Expense (Benefit)
    ------------------------------
     Federal                                   $(75)           $ (87)
     State                                      (12)             (20)
                                               ----            -----

     Total Deferred                            $(87)           $(107)
     --------------                            ----            -----

Total Expense (Benefit)                        $(99)           $  55
- -----------------------                        ====            =====
</TABLE>

                           F-24




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     A reconciliation of income taxes at the federal statutory rates to
     the income tax expense in the financial statements is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
    Income tax at statutory rates              $ (79)          $  74

     State income tax - Net of federal tax
      Effect                                      (6)             (7)
     Tax exempt income                           (11)            (14)
     Other                                        (3)              2
                                               -----           -----

    Income tax expense (benefit)               $ (99)          $  55
                                               =====           =====

    Effective tax rates                        42.67%          25.23%
                                               =====           =====
</TABLE>


     The Tax Reform Act of 1986 set the statutory rate at 34% effective
     July 1, 1987.  For the periods presented, deferred tax expense
     results from timing differences in the recognition of income and
     expense for tax and financial reporting purposes.

     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the
     deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31,
     1998 and 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
    Deferred tax assets:

      Allowance for loan losses                $144             $155
      Deferred loan fees                         12               19
      Benefits not currently deductible         123               87
      Mortgage adjustment not currently
        deductible                               57                -
      Other                                      (2)               -
                                               ----             ----

    Total Deferred Tax Assets                  $334             $261
    -------------------------                  ----             ----
</TABLE>


                               F-25




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------
                                               1998             1997
                                               ----             ----
                                                     (1,000'S)
                                               ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Federal Home Loan Bank
        Stock dividends                        $ 18             $ 18
      Allowance for unrealized gains
        on securities available-for-sale          8                1
      Tax basis bad debt reserve                 38               51
      Difference between book and tax
        Depreciation                             32               30
                                               ----             ----

             Total Deferred Tax Liabilities    $ 96             $100
             ------------------------------    ----             ----

    Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)         $238             $161
    ----------------------------------         ====             ====
</TABLE>

     The net deferred tax asset shown for the year ended December 31,
     1998 has been reduced by a valuation allowance of $3,000.  This
     allowance has been provided to reduce the estimated net realizable
     value of the Company's 1998 Illinois net operating loss to the
     amount of tax benefit management believes it will realize.

     No valuation allowance was required for the net deferred tax asset
     at December 31, 1997.

     There was no material tax effect relating to gains or losses on
     security sales for the year ended December 31, 1998.

     Taxes relating to gains on security sales were approximately $4,000
     for the year ending December 31, 1997.


12.  PENSION PLAN, BENEFIT PLANS AND AGREEMENTS
     ------------------------------------------

     Financial Institutions Retirement Fund
     --------------------------------------

     The Bank participates in an industry-wide tax qualified pension
     trust administered by the Financial Institutions Retirement Fund
     (the "Fund").  An employee will be eligible for membership in the
     Comprehensive Retirement Program on the first day of the month
     following the employee's first year of service and attainment of age
     21.  A member will be considered active or inactive depending on
     whether or not he or she completes 1,000 hours of service each
     calendar year.

     For the plan year beginning July 1, 1998, the full funding
     limitation will continue to be applied on an employer-by-employer
     basis.  Each employer in an overfunded position will use its excess
     designated "Future Employer Contribution Offset" to absorb future
     contribution requirements.  Employers who are in an unfunded
     position are billed by the Fund for their required contributions.

     The actuarial cost method used to value all benefits except pre-
     retirement death and disability benefits is the projected unit
     credit cost method.  For the pre-retirement death and disability
     benefits, a one year term cost method is used to determine the
     employer contribution.  In the actuarial valuation, assumptions are
     made as to future compensation levels, mortality and turnover, among
     other things.  Unfunded accrued liabilities and actuarial experience
     gains and losses are amortized over various periods prescribed by law.
     Actuarial gains and losses are spread as a part of the valuation method.
     The

                                F-26




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     market value of the net assets of the Fund exceeds the liabilities
     for the present value of accrued benefits.

     Separate actuarial valuations are not made with respect to each
     employer, nor are the plan assets so segregated.  The Bank's
     (formerly the Association's) prior service costs have been funded
     and are being amortized over a ten-year period.  Current funding
     costs are charged to operations.  Total pension expense for the
     years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 was $0 for both years.

     EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
     -----------------------------

     The Company has established a tax qualified ESOP for employees of
     the Company and its subsidiary.  Employees who have attained age 21
     and completed one year of service are eligible to participate in the
     ESOP.  On June 28, 1996, the Company loaned the ESOP $701,500 to
     finance the plan's initial purchase of 70,150 shares.  The loan is
     due and payable in ten (10) annual payments of principal and
     interest beginning December 31, 1996.  The principal is to be repaid
     in equal installments with interest at a variable  rate of 1% above
     prime.  The Company intends to contribute sufficient funds to the
     ESOP to enable it to repay the loan plus such other amounts as the
     Company's Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.  The
     Company accounts for its ESOP in accordance with SOP 93-6.  As
     shares are committed to be released to participants, the Company
     reports employee benefits expense based on the average market price
     of the shares during the period and the shares become outstanding
     for earnings per share computations.  Dividends on allocated ESOP
     shares are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings; dividends
     on unallocated ESOP shares are recorded as a reduction of debt.
     ESOP benefits expense recorded during the years ended December 31,
     1998 and 1997 was $128,378 and $153,762, respectively.

     The ESOP shares were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1998              1997
                                               ----              ----
<S>                                           <C>               <C>
     Allocated shares                         18,239             8,418
     Shares ratably released for allocation    8,985             9,821
     Unallocated shares                       42,926            51,911
     Shares distributed                       (1,211)                -
                                              ------            ------

      Total ESOP Shares                       68,939            70,150
      -----------------                       ======            ======
</TABLE>

     Fair value of unreleased shares at December 31, 1998 and 1997 was
     $633,000 and $811,000, respectively.

     DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLAN
     ------------------------

     In connection with the stock conversion of the Association to the
     Bank, the Board of Directors of the Association (now the Bank) has
     adopted a director retirement plan (the "Director Retirement Plan"),
     effective December 31, 1995, for its directors who are members of
     the Board of Directors at some time on or after the Director
     Retirement Plan's effective date.  Under the Director Retirement
     Plan, a bookkeeping account in each participant's name is credited
     with "Performance Units" according to the following formula: (i) 70
     Performance Units for each full year of service as a director prior
     to 1996 plus (ii) 100 Performance Units for each full year of
     service as a director after 1995 with the value of each Performance
     Unit equal to the average fair market value of one share of the
     Company's Common Stock as of December 31st of each of the three
     years preceding the determination date (or such shorter period as to
     which trading information is available).  Additional Performance
     Units are to be credited at the end  of each year after 1995 based
     upon the amount of dividends paid on the Company's Common Stock.  A
     participant's interest in Performance Units credited on the effective
     date of the Director Retirement Plan

                                  F-27




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     becomes 50% vested if the participant serves on the Board for less
     than a year after 1995, 75% vested after the second year and 100%
     vested after the third year.  In the event a participant's service
     on the Board is terminated due to death or disability, the vested
     percentage becomes 100% regardless of the number of years of
     service.  Performance Units credited after the Director Retirement
     Plan's effective date are fully vested at all times.

     As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, liabilities in the amounts of
     $120,709 and $82,657, respectively, have been recognized in the
     financial statements based on the vested value of the interests in
     the director retirement plan as of these dates.  The amount of
     expense recognized in the financial statements for the years ended
     December 31, 1998 and 1997 was $38,052 and $38,738, respectively.

     MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION PLAN
     ---------------------------

     On January 28, 1997, the shareholders of the Company approved a
     management recognition plan ("MRP").  With funds contributed by the
     Company, the MRP has purchased, in the aggregate, 35,075 shares of
     the Company's Common Stock (the maximum number of shares allowed to
     be purchased).  Such shares were purchased in the open market.  In
     June, 1997, the MRP's administrative committee voted to grant awards
     of Common Stock totaling 21,917 shares to certain executive officers
     and directors of the Company and the Bank.  These awards are deemed
     to be effective as of the date of shareholder approval of the MRP.
     Common Stock granted under the MRP vests over a five year period at
     twenty percent per year. Under current accounting standards, when
     MRP awards are granted, the Company will recognize compensation
     expense based on the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
     date the awards are granted with such amount being amortized over
     the expected vesting period for the award.  As of December 31, 1997,
     35,075 shares had been purchased on the open market by the MRP to
     fund the plan at a total cost of approximately $552,000.  This
     amount has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements as
     an increase in a contra equity account.  This contra equity account
     will be amortized to expense over the period over which the MRP
     awards become vested.  The amount of expense recognized in the
     financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
     was $61,368 and $56,254, respectively.

     STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
     -------------------------------

     Also on January 28, 1997, the shareholders of the Company approved a
     stock option and incentive plan (the "Option Plan").  The Option
     Plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock
     appreciation rights to certain employees and directors of the
     Company and the Bank and has a term of ten years from the effective
     date of the Option Plan after which no awards may be granted.  The
     Option Plan intends to reserve 87,687 authorized, but unissued
     shares (or treasury shares) of Common Stock for issuance upon the
     future exercise of options or stock appreciation rights.  At the
     effective date of the plan, certain executive officers and directors
     of the Company and the Bank will receive a grant of an option under
     the plan to purchase up to 87,683 shares of Common Stock at an
     exercise price per share equal to its fair market value on that
     date.  The plan provides for one-fifth of the options granted to be
     exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of the date the
     option was granted.  The Company applies APB-25 in accounting for the
     Option Plan.  Recognition of compensation expense for stock options
     is not required when options are granted at an exercise price equal
     to or exceeding the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock
     on the date the option is granted.  Therefore, no expense related to
     the Option Plan is reflected on the accompanying financial
     statements.


                                 F-28




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


    Had compensation cost been determined on the basis of fair value
    pursuant to FASB Statement No. 123, net income and earnings per
    share would have been reduced as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998            1997
                                        ----            ----
<S>                                  <C>              <C>
    Net Income
    ----------
       As reported                   $(133,000)       $163,000
                                     =========        ========
       Pro forma                     $(171,000)       $113,000
                                     =========        ========

    Basic earnings per share
    ------------------------
       As reported                   $    (.17)       $    .20
                                     =========        ========
       Pro forma                     $    (.21)       $    .14
                                     =========        ========

    Diluted earnings per share
    --------------------------
       As reported                   $    (.17)       $    .20
                                     =========        ========
       Pro forma                     $    (.21)       $    .14
                                     =========        ========
</TABLE>

     The following is a summary of the status of the Option Plan during 1998
     and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1998                        1997
                                       --------------------------    ------------------------
                                                        WEIGHTED                    WEIGHTED
                                                        AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
                                       NUMBER OF        EXERCISE      NUMBER OF     EXERCISE
                                         SHARES          PRICE         SHARES        PRICE
                                       ---------       ----------    ---------     ----------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Outstanding at January                   87,683        $1,227,618           -      $        -
Granted                                       -                 -      87,683       1,227,618
Exercised                                     -                 -           -               -
Forfeited                                     -                 -           -               -
                                         ======        ==========      ======      ==========

Outstanding at December 31               87,683        $1,227,618      87,683      $1,227,618
                                         ======        ==========      ======      ==========

Options exercisable at
 December 31                             17,537        $  245,518           -      $        -
                                         ======        ==========      ======      ==========

Weighted average fair value of
 options granted during the year                       $        -                  $1,227,618
                                                       ==========                  ==========
</TABLE>


    The following is a summary of the status of options outstanding at
    December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          OUTSTANDING OPTIONS                   EXERCISABLE OPTIONS
                                 --------------------------------------       -----------------------
                                                WEIGHTED
                                                AVERAGE        WEIGHTED                      WEIGHTED
                                               REMAINING       AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                 EXERCISE                     CONTRACTUAL      EXERCISE                      EXERCISE
                   PRICE         NUMBER          LIFE           PRICE         NUMBER          PRICE
                 --------        ------       -----------      --------       ------         --------
                 <S>             <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
                  $14.00         87,683         8 years         $14.00        17,537          $14.00
</TABLE>

                                    F-29



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
     ---------------------

     The Company and the Bank have entered into separate employment
     agreements with certain officers of the Company and the Bank.  These
     agreements provide for salary terms, potential severance benefits
     and potential benefits which could be due to these officers in the
     event of a change in control of the Company.


13.  REGULATORY MATTERS
     ------------------

     The Company is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal
     Reserve System ("FRB") and is subject to securities registration and
     public reporting regulations of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission.  The Bank is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance
     Corporation ("FDIC") and the Office of the Comptroller of the
     Currency ("OCC").

     The Bank is subject to the capital requirements of the FDIC and the
     OCC.  The FDIC requires the Bank to maintain minimum ratios of Tier
     1 capital to total risk-weighted assets and total capital to risk-
     weighted assets of 4% and 8%, respectively.  Tier 1 capital consists
     of total shareholders' equity calculated in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles less intangible assets, and
     total capital is comprised of Tier 1 capital plus certain
     adjustments, the only one of which is applicable to the Bank is the
     allowance for possible loan losses.  Risk-weighted assets refer to
     the on- and off-balance sheet exposures of the Bank adjusted for
     relative risk levels using formulas set forth in FDIC regulations.
     The Bank is also subject to an FDIC leverage capital requirement,
     which calls for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to quarterly
     average total assets of 3% to 5%, depending on the institution's
     composite ratings as determined by its regulators.

     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank was in compliance with all
     of the aforementioned capital requirements as summarized below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -----------------------
                                                    1998           1997
                                                    ----           ----
                                                         (1,000'S)
                                                  -----------------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>
Tier I Capital:
   Common stockholders' equity                    $ 9,585        $ 9,543
   Unrealized holding loss (gain) on
      securities available-for-sale                     2             13
                                                  -------        -------

          Total Tier I Capital                    $ 9,587        $ 9,556
          --------------------                    =======        =======

Tier II Capital:
   Total Tier I capital                           $ 9,587        $ 9,556
   Qualifying allowance for loan losses               372            400
                                                  -------        -------

          Total Capital                           $ 9,959        $ 9,956
          -------------                           =======        =======

Risk-weighted assets                              $31,561        $35,404
Average assets                                    $61,255        $65,988

</TABLE>


                                      F-30



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  TO BE WELL
                                                                             CAPITALIZED UNDER THE
                                                         FOR CAPITAL           PROMPT CORRECTIVE
                                   ACTUAL             ADEQUACY PURPOSES        ACTION PROVISIONS
                               ---------------      --------------------     ---------------------
                               AMOUNT    RATIO      AMOUNT         RATIO     AMOUNT          RATIO
                               ------    -----      ------         -----     ------          -----
<S>                            <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>       <C>             <C>
As of December 31, 1998:
 Total Risk-Based Capital
   (to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $9,959    31.55%     $2,525  > or =  8.0%     $3,156  > or =  10.0%
 Tier I Capital
   (to Risk-Weighted Assets)    9,587    30.38%      1,262  > or =  4.0%      1,894  > or =   6.0%
 Tier I Capital
   (to Average Assets)          9,587    15.65%      2,450  > or =  4.0%      3,063  > or =   5.0%

As of December 31, 1997:
 Total Risk-Based Capital
   (to Risk-Weighted Assets)   $9,956    28.12%     $2,833  > or =  8.0%     $3,541  > or =  10.0%
 Tier I Capital
   (to Risk-Weighted Assets)    9,556    26.99%      1,416  > or =  4.0%      2,125  > or =   6.0%
 Tier I Capital
   (to Average Assets)          9,556    14.48%      2,640  > or =  4.0%      3,299  > or =   5.0%

</TABLE>

     Subject to applicable law, the Boards of Directors of the Company
     and the Bank may each provide for the payment of dividends.  Future
     declarations of cash dividends, if any, by the Company may depend
     upon dividend payments by the Bank to the Company.  Subject to
     regulations of the OCC, the Bank may not declare or pay a cash
     dividend if its stockholder's equity would thereby be reduced below
     either the aggregate amount then required for the liquidation
     account of the minimum regulatory capital requirements imposed by
     federal regulations.  The Bank may not declare or pay a cash
     dividend to the Company in excess of 100% of its net income to date,
     less dividends paid, during the current calendar year plus the
     preceding year's net income, less any dividends paid or declared
     during that year without prior regulatory approval.

          Retained earnings at December 31, 1998 include approximately
     $1,200,000 for which federal income tax has not been provided.  The
     Bank was allowed a special bad debt deduction limited generally to 8
     percent of otherwise taxable income and subject to certain
     limitations based on aggregate loans and savings account balances at
     the end of the year.  If the amounts that qualify as deductions for
     federal income tax purposes are later used for purposes other than
     for bad debt losses, they will be subject to federal income tax at
     the then current corporate rate.  The unrecorded deferred tax
     liability on the above amount is approximately $450,000.

          On June 3, 1998, the Bank entered into a formal agreement with the
     OCC.  The agreement requires that the Bank adopt a formal strategic
     plan, including a written plan with timetables to ensure that all of
     its information systems are Year 2000 compliant, and to take certain
     other actions with respect to the internal audit and compliance
     functions and its policies and procedures.  The Bank does not expect
     that such written agreement will have a material adverse effect on
     its operations.


                                  F-31



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

14.  OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
     ------------------------------------

     Other noninterest income and expense amounts are summarized as
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -----------------
                                                         1998     1997
                                                         ----     ----
                                                           (1,000'S)
                                                       -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>
     Other Noninterest Income
     ------------------------
      Service charges                                    $102     $103
      Other                                                32       18
                                                         ----     ----

        Total                                            $134     $121
        -----                                            ====     ====


<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -----------------
                                                         1998     1997
                                                         ----     ----
                                                           (1,000'S)
                                                       -----------------
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>
     Other Noninterest Expense
     -------------------------
      Contributions                                      $  8     $  6
      Dues and subscriptions                               11       10
      General assessment                                   37       28
      Insurance and surety bond                            22       19
      Payroll taxes                                        41       41
      Real estate owned expense                            37       10
      Other                                                42       46
      Filing fees                                           8        9
      Printing                                             --       28
      Conventions and meetings                              2        8
      Employee education and seminars                      10        2
      Miscellaneous fees                                    5        5
                                                         ----     ----

        Total                                            $223     $212
        -----                                            ====     ====

</TABLE>


                                          F-32



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

15.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
     --------------------------

     Officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, and individuals
     related to such individuals, incurred indebtedness in the form of
     loans as customers.  These loans were made on substantially the same
     terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing
     at the time for comparable transactions with other customers and did
     not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility.  The
     balance of these loans at December 31, 1998 and 1997, totaled
     approximately $270,000 and $585,000, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                      -----------------
                                                        1998     1997
                                                        ----     ----
                                                          (1,000'S)
                                                      -----------------
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>
     Balance at January 1                               $585     $542

     New Loans                                             8      112
     Payments                                           (323)     (69)
                                                        ----     ----

     Balance at December 31                             $270     $585
                                                        ====     ====

</TABLE>

16.  DEFERRED COMPENSATION
     ---------------------

     The Company has an agreement with certain directors to invest a part
     of current directors fees.  These fees are held in Company accounts
     at the Bank's highest certificate rate until the permanent
     disability, resignation or removal from office of the director, at
     which time the fees are payable in either a lump sum or on a monthly
     installment basis as directed by an election made by the director.

     The total liability is $67,000 and $65,000 for the years ended
     December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  A $4,000 payment was made
     from the accounts during 1998.  Deferred compensation contributions
     charged to income for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
     were $3,000 and $0, respectively.


17.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     -----------------------------

     The Bank is, in the normal course of business, a party to certain
     off-balance-sheet financial instruments with inherent credit risk.
     These instruments, which include commitments to extend credit and
     standby letters of credit, are used by the Bank to meet the
     financing needs of its customers.  These instruments involve, to
     varying degrees, credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in
     the Company's statements of financial condition.


                                F-33



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     Financial instruments with off-balance-sheet credit risk for which
     the contract amounts represent potential risk were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                          -----------------------------------------
                                                 1998                  1997
                                                 ----                  ----
                                                          (1,000'S)
                                          -----------------------------------------
                                                     INTEREST                INTEREST
                                          AMOUNT      RATE         AMOUNT      RATE
                                          ------      ----         ------      ----
<S>                                        <C>     <C>              <C>    <C>
Commitments to extend credit - Fixed       $189    7.75%-9.50%      $113   8.75%-9.50%
                             - Variable     292    7.25%-7.875%       45      7.88%
Letters of credit                            20        N/A            --       N/A
                                           ----                     ----

     Total                                 $501                     $158
     -----                                 ====                     ====
</TABLE>


     The Company's maximum exposure to credit loss under commitments to
     extend credit and standby letters of credit is the equivalent of the
     contractual amount of those instruments.  The same credit policies
     are used by the Company in granting commitments and conditional
     obligations as are used in the extension of credit.

     The commitments noted above consist of loans approved by the Bank
     with the funds not yet being disbursed.  Commitments to extend
     credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a borrower as long
     as the borrower performs in accordance with the terms of the
     contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or
     other termination clauses.  As a portion of the commitments may
     expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does
     not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

     Standby letters of credit are commitments issued by the Bank to
     guarantee the specific performance of a customer to a third party.

     Collateral may be required by both commitments and standby letters
     of credit in accordance with the normal credit evaluation process
     based upon the creditworthiness of the customer and the credit risk
     associated with the particular transaction.  Collateral held varies
     but may include residential and commercial real estate, accounts
     receivable, inventory and equipment.

     The Company is a defendant in lawsuits filed by three former
     employees asking for damages in excess of $240,000.  Outside counsel
     for the Company has advised the Company that, at this stage in the
     proceedings, they cannot offer an opinion as to the probable
     outcome.  The Company is vigorously defending its position.  No
     amounts have been recorded in the financial statements for these
     matters.


18.  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
     ----------------------------

     Most of the Bank's business activity is with customers located
     within Williamson, Jackson and Franklin counties in Illinois.  At
     December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank was considered to have a
     significant concentration of credit risk for loans made to various
     local churches.  Loans made to various churches total $1,671,000 and
     $1,735,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  This
     comprises 5% of the total loan portfolio and 15% of tangible capital
     at December 31, 1998.


                             F-34



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     At December 31, 1998, the Company had cash balances in excess of the
     FDIC limits at other institutions of approximately $12,098,000.


19.  LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT
     -------------------

     At the time of the conversion from mutual to stock form, the Bank
     established a liquidation account for the benefit of eligible
     savings account holders who continue to maintain their savings
     accounts with the Bank after conversion.  In the event of a complete
     liquidation of the Bank (and only in such event), eligible savings
     account holders who continue to maintain their accounts with the
     Bank shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the
     liquidation account after payment to all creditors but before any
     liquidation distribution with respect to common stock.  The initial
     liquidation account will be proportionately reduced for any
     subsequent reduction in the eligible holder's deposit accounts.  The
     creation and maintenance of the liquidation account will not
     restrict the use or application of any of the capital accounts of
     the Company, except that the Company may not declare or pay a cash
     dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect
     of such dividend or repurchase would be to cause the Company's
     equity to be reduced below the aggregate amount then required for
     the liquidation account or the amount required by federal or state
     law.


20.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
     -----------------------------------

     The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
     estimating fair values of financial instruments as disclosed herein:

     Cash and cash equivalents and certificates of deposit - The carrying
     amount of cash and short-term instruments approximate their fair
     value.

     Securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale - Fair
     values for investment securities, excluding restricted equity
     securities, are based on quoted market prices.  The carrying values
     of restricted equity securities approximate fair values.

     Loans receivable and loan commitments - For variable-rate loans that
     reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk,
     fair values are based on carrying values.  Fair values for certain
     mortgage loans (e.g., one-to-four family residential), other
     consumer loans, commercial real estate and commercial loans are
     estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates
     currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of
     similar credit quality.  Fair values for impaired loans are
     estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying
     collateral values, where applicable.

     The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using
     fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and the
     creditworthiness of the customers.  The fair value of letters of
     credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or
     on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the
     obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

     Investments required by law - Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank and
     stock in Federal Reserve Bank are valued at cost which represents
     redemption value and approximates fair value.

     Deposit liability - The fair values disclosed for demand deposits
     are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the
     reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts).  The carrying
     amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and
     certificates of deposit approximate their fair values

                                F-35



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     at the reporting date.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit
     are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies
     interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of
     aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

     Accrued interest - The carrying amounts of accrued interest
     approximate their fair values.

     Short-term borrowings - As a result of the short-term nature of
     these instruments, the carrying amount approximates their fair
     value.

     The Company, in accordance with SFAS No. 107, has estimated fair
     values of the financial instruments as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       DECEMBER 31,            DECEMBER 31,
                                           1998                    1997
                                 ------------------------ -----------------------
                                         (1,000'S)               (1,000'S)
                                 ------------------------ -----------------------
                                  CARRYING          FAIR   CARRYING         FAIR
                                   AMOUNT          VALUE    AMOUNT         VALUE
                                   ------          -----    ------         -----
<S>                                <C>            <C>       <C>           <C>
Financial Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents     $12,202        $12,202   $ 4,970       $ 4,970

     Certificates of deposit         1,379          1,379        95            95

     Investment securities and
     mortgage-backed and related
     securities                     11,344         11,411    14,327        14,308

     Loans                          36,754         38,392    46,707        45,839
     Allowance for loan losses        (372)            --      (400)           --
                                   -------        -------   -------       -------

     Loans, net of allowance        36,382         38,392    46,307        45,839

     Investments required by law       539            539       577           577

     Accrued interest receivable       229            229       292           292

Financial Liabilities:
     Deposits                       51,417         51,699    54,022        54,145

     Escrow accounts                   205            205       228           228

     Accrued interest on deposits       49             49        63            63

     Short-term borrowings              --             --       750           750

Off Balance Sheet Financial
Instruments:
     Loan Commitments                   --             --        --            --
     Letters of Credit                  --             --        --            --

</TABLE>

                                              F-36



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

21.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     ------------------------------------

     The following are condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 1998
     and 1997 and condensed statements of income and cash flows for the
     periods ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 for Heartland Bancshares,
     Inc. (parent company only):

<TABLE>
                        CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                        ------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ------------------
                                                    1998      1997
                                                    ----      ----
                                                      (1,000'S)
                                                  ------------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>
Assets:
     Cash                                          $  268    $  439
     Investment securities and mortgage-
         backed securities                          1,275     2,104
     Investment in subsidiary                       4,735     4,694
     Other assets                                     219       233
                                                   ------    ------

            Total Assets                           $6,497    $7,470
                                                   ======    ======

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
     Other liabilities                             $   52    $  175
     Stockholders' equity                           6,445     7,295
                                                   ------    ------

            Total Liabilities and Stockholders'
                 Equity                            $6,497    $7,470
                                                   ======    ======

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                    CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    ------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ------------------
                                                    1998      1997
                                                    ----      ----
                                                      (1,000'S)
                                                  ------------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>
Interest income                                      $157      $245
Other                                                  (1)        4
                                                    -----      ----

                                                     $156      $249
Operating expenses                                    433       337
                                                    -----      ----

     Income (loss) before income taxes and equity
     in undistributed earnings of subsidiary        $(277)     $(88)

Income tax expense (benefit)                         (113)      (46)
                                                    -----      ----

     Income (loss) before equity in undistributed
     earnings of subsidiary                         $(164)     $(42)

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary         31       205
                                                    -----      ----

         Net Income                                 $(133)     $163
                                                    =====      ====
</TABLE>
                               F-37



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                    CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                    ----------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ------------------
                                                    1998      1997
                                                    ----      ----
                                                      (1,000'S)
                                                  ------------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>
Operating activities:
     Net income                                     $(133)    $ 163
     Equity in undistributed earnings of
         subsidiary                                   (31)     (205)
     Other, net                                        87       271
                                                    -----     -----

         Net Cash Used in Operating Activities      $ (77)    $ 229
                                                    -----     -----

Investing activities:
     Net (increase) decrease in investment
     securities                                     $ 829     $ 641
                                                    -----     -----

         Net Cash Used in Investing Activities      $ 829     $ 641
                                                    -----     -----

Financing activities:
     Dividends paid                                 $(239)    $(326)
     Shares acquired by MRP                            --      (552)
     Purchase of treasury stock                      (684)       --
                                                    -----     -----

         Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities  $(923)    $(878)
                                                    -----     -----

         Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents    $(171)    $  (8)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year        439       447
                                                    -----     -----

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year            $ 268     $ 439
                                                    =====     =====

</TABLE>


                                    F-38



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


22.  SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
     ---------------------

     The following information relates to the short-term borrowings of the
     Company for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ------------------
                                                      1998      1997
                                                      ----      ----
                                                        (1,000'S)
                                                    ------------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>

     Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings:
       Balance at year end                            $ --      $  750

       Weighted average interest rate
       at year end                                      --%       5.86%

       Average amount outstanding during
       the year                                       $ 45      $1,375

       Maximum amount outstanding at
       any month                                      $750      $1,750

       Weighted average interest rate
       during the year                                5.86%       5.69%
</TABLE>

     Short-term borrowings consisted of borrowings from the Federal Home
     Loan Bank with maturities greater than one business day.


23.  EARNINGS PER SHARE
     ------------------

     The following data shows the amounts used in computing earnings per
     share and the effect on income and the weighted average number of
     shares of dilutive potential common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1998       1997
                                                        ----       ----
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>
     Income (loss) available to common stockholders
      used in basic EPS                              $(133,000)  $163,000
                                                     =========   ========

     Income (loss) available to common stockholders
      after assumed conversions of dilutive
      securities                                     $(133,000)  $163,000
                                                     =========   ========

     Weighted average number of common shares
      used in basic EPS                                800,174    819,736

     Effect of dilutive securities:
      Stock options                                      1,767      7,784
                                                     ---------   --------

     Weighted number of common shares and
      dilutive potential common stock used
      in diluted EPS                                   801,941    827,520
                                                     =========   ========
</TABLE>
                                 F-39



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

24.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
     -------------------

     As discussed in Note 1, during 1998, the Company adopted the
     appropriate provisions of SFAS No. 131.  The principal business of
     the Company is overseeing the business of the Bank and investing the
     portion of the net proceeds from its initial public offering
     retained by it.  The Company has no significant assets other than
     its investment in the Bank, a loan to the ESOP plan and certain
     investment securities and cash and cash equivalents.  The Bank's
     principal business consists of attracting deposits from the general
     public and investing these deposits in loans to its customers.  The
     Bank's operating facilities are contained in Williamson County,
     Illinois, and its lending is concentrated within the counties of
     Williamson, Jackson and Franklin located in southeastern Illinois.
     The Bank has no customer from which it derives 10% or more of its
     revenue.  With these facts in mind, the Company's management
     believes that the Company is comprised of only one reportable
     operating segment, and that the consolidated financial statements
     adequately reflect the financial condition and operations of that
     segment.


25.  PROPOSED MERGER
     ---------------

     On December 23, 1998, an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the
     "Agreement") was entered into by the following parties:  (1) the
     Company; (2) Banterra Corp. ("Banterra"); and (3) Banterra
     Acquisitionco, Inc. ("Acquisitionco"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
     Banterra.  The Agreement provides for the acquisition of the Company
     by Banterra by means of a merger (the "Merger"), with the Company
     surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of
     Banterra.  The Agreement provides that the Merger is subject to the
     approval of all applicable regulatory agencies, the approval by the
     holders of the Company's Common Stock and the satisfaction or waiver
     of a number of other conditions.  Subject to these conditions, the
     Agreement provides that each outstanding share of the

     Company's Common Stock will be cancelled and converted into the
     right to receive $15.75 in cash.  Also, under conditions specified
     in the Agreement, each holder of an option to acquire the Company's
     Common Stock that is outstanding and fully vested will be cancelled
     and converted into the right to receive $1.75 in cash multiplied by
     the number of shares covered by the option.  Approval of the
     Agreement and the Merger will require the affirmative vote of at
     least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the Company's
     shareholders.  The Agreement has been approved and adopted by the
     Board of Directors of the Company and Banterra.  A special meeting
     of the Company's shareholders is scheduled to be held in the first
     half of 1999 to vote on the proposed Merger.


26.  STOCK REPURCHASE PLAN AND TREASURY STOCK
     ----------------------------------------

     During 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a program
     to repurchase 43,843 shares, or 5%, of the Company's outstanding
     Common Stock.  It is management's current intention that all
     repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and will be used
     for general corporate purposes, including the exercise of stock
     options.  As of December 31, 1998, the repurchase program has been
     completed, with 43,843 shares being repurchased under the Stock
     Repurchase Plan.  During the third quarter of 1998, the Company
     acquired another 199 shares of treasury stock in a transaction
     unrelated to the Stock Repurchase Plan.

                                 F-40



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

27.  MORTGAGE RATE ADJUSTMENT
     ------------------------

     During the fourth quarter of 1998, the Bank conducted a review of
     interest rate adjustments made in the past relating to adjustable
     rate mortgages.  Based upon this review, the Bank has determined
     that it is probable that rebates of excess interest income should be
     made to a portion of the Bank's adjustable rate loan customers.  The
     Bank currently estimates the amount of these potential rebates at
     $148,300.  This amount has been recorded as a liability on the
     December 31, 1998 consolidated statement of financial condition, and
     has been recorded as a charge to current period operations on the
     consolidated statements of income.  The after-tax effect of this
     charge is approximately $87,000.


28.  YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE MATTERS
     ----------------------------

     As with all providers of financial services, the Bank's operations
     are heavily dependent on information technology systems.  The bank
     is addressing the potential problems associated with the possibility
     that the computers that control or operate the Bank's information
     technology systems and infrastructure may not be programmed to read
     four-digit date codes and, upon arrival of the year 2000, may
     recognize the two-digit code "00" as the year 1900, causing systems
     to fail to function or to generate erroneous data.

     As part of the awareness, inventory and assessment phases of its
     action plan related to the Year 2000 problem, the Bank has
     identified the operating systems which are considered critical to
     the ongoing operations of the Bank and the Company.  The Bank is
     working with companies that supply or service its information
     technology systems to remedy any perceived Year 2000 problems.  As a
     part of the implementation of its Year 2000 action plan, the Bank
     has purchased a number of new computers which have been determined
     to be Year 2000 compliant.

     Of the systems that the Bank has identified as mission critical, the
     most significant is the on-line account processing system that is
     performed by a third party service provider, NCR.  As of
     December 31, 1998, NCR has substantially completed its testing of
     internal systems, and has completed its proxy testing by user
     participants and its on-line testing.  The Bank's review of this
     proxy test indicates that the transactions performed, the hardware
     specifications and other factors used in the proxy test closely
     match the Bank's own operational environment and available hardware.
     The Bank intends to continue its own program of appropriate testing
     of this and other mission critical systems.

     The Bank is in the process of evaluating its non-technological
     systems to determine whether such systems have embedded technology
     that could be affected by the Year 2000 problem.  As of the date
     hereof, the Bank does not anticipate that any disruption relating to
     such systems will have a material adverse effect on the Bank's
     operations.

     During 1998, the Bank developed a contingency plan in the event the
     mission-critical systems are not successfully renovated in a timely
     manner or such systems were to actually fail at Year 2000 critical
     dates.  Among other issues, that plan addresses the possibility that
     NCR, the current data service provider, could fail to operate on
     January 1, 2000.  A business resumption plan was formed to deal with
     this possibility.  With respect to a short-term remedy for business
     disruptions potentially caused by the Year 2000 problem, the Bank's
     Board and management have determined that a manual system is the
     most reasonable approach to allow the Bank to continue to
     effectively serve its customer base.  The business resumption plan
     addresses preparation, logistics, departmental requirements and
     guidelines for the potential handling of specific types of banking
     transactions on such a manual basis.

     Management has indicated that, as of December 31, 1998,
     approximately $43,000 of expenditures have been incurred resulting
     from the Bank's efforts to make its systems Year 2000 compliant.
     Management
                                 F-41



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     is currently estimating that approximately $8,000 of additional
     expenditures will be incurred during 1999 in connection with this
     issue.  No assurance can be given, however, that significant expense
     will not be incurred in future periods.  In the event that the Bank is
     ultimately required to purchase additional replacement computer systems,
     programs and equipment, or if the Bank is required to incur substantial
     additional expense to make the Bank's current systems, programs and
     equipment Year 2000 compliant, the Bank's net earnings and financial
     condition could be adversely affected.

     In addition to possible expense related to its own systems, the Bank
     could incur losses if loan payments are delayed due to Year 2000
     problems affecting any major borrowers in the Bank's primary market
     area.  Because the Bank's loan portfolio is highly diversified with
     regard to individual borrowers and types of businesses, and the
     Bank's primary market area is not significantly dependent upon one
     employer or industry, the Bank does not expect any significant or
     prolonged difficulties that will affect net earnings or cash flow.

                                 F-42




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                               ANNEX A
                               -------



                            April 24, 1999

Board of Directors
Heartland Bancshares, Inc.
318 Park Avenue
Herrin, Illinois  62948

Members of the Board:

     You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, to the shareholders of common stock (the "Heartland Common
Stock") of Heartland Bancshares, Inc. ("Heartland") of the consideration to
be received by such shareholders in a merger (the "Merger") of Heartland
with Banterra Corp., Eldorado, Illinois ("Banterra"), pursuant to the
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 23, 1998 (the "Agreement").
Unless otherwise noted, all terms used herein will have the same meaning as
defined in the Agreement.

     As more specifically set forth in the Agreement, and subject to a
number of conditions and procedures described in the Agreement, in the
Merger each of the issued and outstanding shares of Heartland Common Stock
shall be exchanged for $15.75 of cash.  All outstanding and vested options
for the right to purchase Heartland Common Stock will be cancelled and
automatically converted into the right to receive $1.75 in cash.

     Trident Financial Corporation ("Trident") is a financial consulting
and investment banking firm experienced in the valuation of business
enterprises with considerable experience in the valuation of thrift
institutions.  In the past, Trident and its affiliates have provided
financial advisory services for Heartland and have received fees for the
rendering of these services.  In addition, in the ordinary course of our
business we may trade the securities of Heartland for our own account and
for the accounts of our customers and, accordingly, may at any one time
hold a long or short position in such securities.  Trident is not
affiliated with Heartland or Banterra.

     In connection with rendering our opinion, we have reviewed and
analyzed, among other things, the following:

     (i)   The Agreement
     (ii)  Certain publicly available information concerning Heartland,
           including the audited financial statements for each year in
           the three year period ended December 31, 1998 and unaudited
           financial statements for the nine month period ended
           September 30, 1998
     (iii) Certain other internal information, primarily financial in
           nature, concerning the business and operations of Heartland
           furnished to us by Heartland for purposes of our analysis
     (iv)  Information with respect to the trading market for Heartland
           Common Stock
     (v)   Certain publicly available information with respect to other
           companies that we believe to be comparable to Heartland and
           the trading markets for such other companies' securities
     (vi)  Certain publicly available information concerning the nature
           and terms of other transactions that we believe relevant to
           our inquiry.

     We met with certain officers and employees of Heartland to discuss
the foregoing.  We have also taken into account our assessment of general
economic, market, financial and regulatory conditions and trends, as well
as our knowledge of the thrift industry, experience in connection with
similar transactions and general knowledge of securities valuation.


                                 A-1
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     In our review and analysis and in arriving at our opinion, we have
assumed and relied upon the accuracy and completeness of all of the
financial and other information provided to us or publicly available.  We
have not attempted independently to verify any such information.  We have
not conducted a physical inspection of the properties or facilities of
Heartland, nor have we made or obtained any independent evaluations or
appraisals of  any such properties or facilities.  We did not specifically
evaluate Heartland's loan portfolio or the adequacy of reserves for possible
loan losses.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that
the consideration to be received by the holders of Heartland Common Stock
in the Merger is fair, as of the date hereof, from a financial point of
view, to such holders. The standard employed by us in reaching our judgment
as to fairness of such consideration from a financial point of view was
whether our estimation of the economic value of such consideration is
within the range of estimated economic values within which companies having
the characteristics of Heartland and Banterra might negotiate a merger
transaction at arm's length and not whether such consideration is at or
approaching the higher end of such range.

     Our opinion necessarily is based upon conditions as they exist and
can be evaluated on the date hereof and does not address Heartland's
underlying business decision to effect the Merger.  Finally, our opinion
does not constitute a recommendation to any shareholder of Heartland as to
how such shareholder should vote at the shareholders' meeting held in
connection with the Merger.

     This opinion is being delivered to the Board of Directors of
Heartland and may not be summarized, excerpted from, reproduced,
disseminated or delivered to any third party without the express written
consent of Trident.  Our opinion is as of the date set forth above, and
events or circumstances occurring after this date may adversely impact the
validity of the bases of our opinion and/or such opinion.  We consent to
the reproduction of this opinion in the proxy materials to be mailed to
the holders of Heartland Common Stock.


                                    Very truly yours,

                                    TRIDENT FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                                    /s/ Trident Financial Corporation

                                A-2






<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               ANNEX B
                               -------

     Following is the text of the dissenters' rights provisions set forth
at Sections 11.65 and 11.70, respectively, of the Illinois Business
Corporation Act of 1983, as amended:

     Section 11.65.  Right to Dissent.  (a)  A shareholder of a
corporation is entitled to dissent from, and obtain payment for his or her
shares in the event of any of the following corporate actions:  (1)
consummation of a plan of merger or consolidation or a plan of share
exchange to which the corporation is a party if (i) shareholder
authorization is required for the merger or consolidation or the share
exchange by Section 11.20 or the articles of incorporation or (ii) the
corporation is a subsidiary that is merged with its parent or another
subsidiary under Section 11.30; (2) consummation of sale, lease or exchange
of all, or substantially all, of the property and assets of the corporation
other than in the usual and regular course of business; (3) an amendment of
the articles of incorporation that materially and adversely affects rights
in respect of a dissenter's shares because it: (i) alters or abolishes a
preferential right of such shares; (ii) alters or abolishes a right in
respect of redemption, including a provision respecting a sinking fund for
the redemption or repurchase, of such shares; (iii) in the case of a
corporation incorporated prior to January 1, 1982, limits or eliminates
cumulative voting rights with respect to such shares; or (4) any other
corporate action taken pursuant to a shareholder vote if the articles of
incorporation, by-laws, or a resolution of the board of directors provide
that shareholders are entitled to dissent and obtain payment for their
shares in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11.70 or as
may be otherwise provided in the articles, by-laws or resolution.

     (b) A shareholder entitled to dissent and obtain payment for his or
her shares under this Section may not challenge the corporate action
creating his or her entitlement unless the action is fraudulent with
respect to the shareholder or the corporation or constitutes a breach of a
fiduciary duty owed to the shareholder.

     (c) A record owner of shares may assert dissenters' rights as to
fewer than all the shares recorded in such person's name only if such
person dissents with respect to all shares beneficially owned by any one
person and notifies the corporation in writing of the name and address of
each person on whose behalf the record owner asserts dissenters' rights.
The rights of a partial dissenter are determined as if the shares as to
which dissent is made and the other shares were recorded in the names of
different shareholders.  A beneficial owner of shares who is not the record
owner may assert dissenters' rights as to shares held on such person's
behalf only if the beneficial owner submits to the corporation the record
owner's written consent to the dissent before or at the same time the
beneficial owner asserts dissenters' rights.

     Section 11.70.  Procedure to Dissent.  (a) If the corporate action
giving rise to the right to dissent is to be approved at a meeting of
shareholders, the notice of meeting shall inform the shareholders of their
right to dissent and the procedure to dissent.  If, prior to the meeting,
the corporation furnishes to the shareholders material information with
respect to the transaction that will objectively enable a shareholder to
vote on the transaction and to determine whether or not to exercise
dissenters' rights, a shareholder may assert dissenter' rights only if the
shareholder delivers to the corporation before the vote is taken a written
demand for payment for his or her shares if the proposed action is
consummated, and the shareholder does not vote in favor of the proposed
action.

     (b) If the corporate action giving rise to the right to dissent is
not to be approved at a meeting of shareholders, the notice to shareholders
describing the action taken under Section 11.30 or Section 7.10 shall
inform the shareholders of their right to dissent and the procedure to
dissent.  If, prior to or concurrently with the notice, the corporation
furnishes to the shareholders material information with respect to the
transaction that will objectively enable a shareholder to determine whether
or not to exercise dissenters' rights, a shareholder may assert dissenter's
rights only if he or she delivers to the corporation within 30 days from
the date of mailing the notice a written demand for payment for his or her
shares.


                                   B-1



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


     (c) Within 10 days after the date on which the corporate action
giving rise to the right to dissent is effective or 30 days after the
shareholder delivers to the corporation the written demand for payment,
whichever is later, the corporation shall send each shareholder who has
delivered a written demand for payment a statement setting forth the
opinion of the corporation as to the estimated fair value of the shares,
the corporation's latest balance sheet as of the end of a fiscal year
ending not earlier than 16 months before the delivery of the statement,
together with the statement of income for that year and the latest
available interim financial statements, and either a commitment to pay for
the shares of the dissenting shareholder at the estimated fair value
thereof upon transmittal to the corporation of the certificate or
certificates, or other evidence of ownership, with respect to the shares,
or instructions to the dissenting shareholder to sell his or her shares
within 10 days after delivery of the corporation's statement to the
shareholder.  The corporation may instruct the shareholder to sell only if
there is a public market for the shares at which the shares may be readily
sold.  If the shareholder does not sell within that 10 day period after
being so instructed by the corporation, for purposes of this Section the
shareholder shall be deemed to have sold his or her shares at the average
closing price of the shares, if listed on a national exchange, or the
average of the bid and asked price with respect to the shares quoted by a
principal market maker, if not listed on a national exchange, during that
10 day period.

     (d) A shareholder who makes written demand for payment under this
Section retains all other rights of a shareholder until those rights are
canceled or modified by the consummation of the proposed corporate action.
Upon consummation of that action, the corporation shall pay to each
dissenter who transmits to the corporation the certificate or other
evidence of ownership of the shares the amount the corporation estimates to
be the fair value of the shares, plus accrued interest, accompanied by a
written explanation of how the interest was calculated.

     (e)  If the shareholder does not agree with the opinion of the
corporation as to the estimated fair value of the shares or the amount of
interest due, the shareholder, within 30 days from the delivery of the
corporation's statement of value, shall notify the corporation in writing
of the shareholder's estimated fair value and amount of interest due and
demand payment for the difference between the shareholder's estimate of
fair value and interest due and the amount of the payment by the
corporation or the proceeds of sale by the shareholder, whichever is
applicable because of the procedure for which the corporation opted
pursuant to subsection (c).

     (f) If, within 60 days from delivery to the corporation of the
shareholder notification of estimate of fair value of the shares and
interest due, the corporation and the dissenting shareholder have not
agreed in writing upon the fair value of the shares and interest due, the
corporation shall either pay the difference in value demanded by the
shareholder, with interest, or file a petition in the circuit court of the
county in which either the registered office or the principal office of the
corporation is located, requesting the court to determine the fair value of
the shares and interest due.  The corporation shall make all dissenters,
whether or not residents of this State, whose demands remain unsettled
parties to the proceeding as an action against their shares and all parties
shall be served with a copy of the petition.  Nonresidents may be served by
registered or certified mail or by publication as provided by law.  Failure
of the corporation to commence an action pursuant to this Section shall not
limit or affect the right of the dissenting shareholders to otherwise
commence an action as permitted by law.

     (g) The jurisdiction of the court in which the proceeding is
commenced under subsection (f) by a corporation is plenary and exclusive.
The court may appoint one or more persons as appraisers to receive evidence
and recommend decision on the question of fair value.  The appraisers have
the power described in the order appointing them, or in any amendment to
it.

     (h) Each dissenter made a party to the proceeding is entitled to
judgment for the amount, if any, by which the court finds that the fair
value of his or her shares, plus interest, exceeds the amount paid by the
corporation or the proceeds of sale by the shareholder, whichever amount is
applicable.


                                  B-2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     (i)  The court, in a proceeding commenced under subsection (f),
shall determine all costs of the proceeding, including the reasonable
compensation and expenses of the appraisers, if any, appointed by the court
under subsection (g), but shall exclude the fees and expenses of counsel
and experts for the respective parties.  If the fair value of the shares as
determined by the court materially exceeds the amount which the corporation
estimated to be the fair value of the shares or if no estimate was made in
accordance with subsection (c), then all or any part of the costs may be
assessed against the corporation.  If the amount which any dissenter
estimated to be the fair value of the shares materially exceeds the fair
value of the shares as determined by the court, then all or any part of the
costs may be assessed against that dissenter.  The court may also assess
the fees and expenses of counsel and experts for the respective parties, in
amounts the court finds equitable, as follows:

          (1)  Against the corporation and in favor of any or all
     dissenters if the court finds that the corporation did not
     substantially comply with the requirements of subsections (a), (b),
     (c), (d), or (f).

          (2)  Against either the corporation or a dissenter and in
     favor of any other party if the court finds that the party against
     whom the fees and expenses are assessed acted arbitrarily,
     vexatiously, or not in good faith with respect to the rights
     provided by this Section.

     If the court finds that the services of counsel for any dissenter
were of substantial benefit to other dissenters similarly situated and that
the fees for those services should not be assessed against the corporation,
the court may award to that counsel reasonable fees to be paid out of the
amounts awarded to the dissenters who are benefited.  Except as otherwise
provided in this Section, the practice, procedure, judgment and costs shall
be governed by the Code of Civil Procedure.

     (j)  As used in this Section:

          (1)  "Fair value", with respect to a dissenter's shares,
     means the value of the shares immediately before the consummation of
     the corporate action to which the dissenter objects excluding any
     appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the corporate
     action, unless exclusion would be inequitable.

          (2)  "Interest" means interest from the effective date of the
     corporate action until the date of payment, at the average rate
     currently paid by the corporation on its principal bank loans or, if
     none, at a rate that is fair and equitable under all the
     circumstances.


                                 B-3



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC.
                        318 SOUTH PARK AVENUE
                     HERRIN, ILLINOIS  62948-3604

For the Special Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 27, 1999

          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The undersigned shareholder(s) of HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC. (the
"Company"), does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint B.D. Cross and
Barrett R. Rochman or each of them (with full power to act alone), true and
lawful proxies and attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for the
undersigned and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned to vote all
of the shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the "Common Stock") of the
Company standing in the name of the undersigned on its books at the close
of business on April 9, 1999 at the Special Meeting of Shareholders
to be held at the Auditorium of the Herrin Civic Center, 101 South 16th Street,
Herrin, Illinois, on May 27, 1999, at 2:00 p.m. Central Time, and at any
adjournments or postponements thereof, with all of the powers the undersigned
would possess if personally present, as follows:

1.   To consider and vote upon the approval of the Agreement and Plan of
Merger, dated as of December 23, 1998 (the "Agreement"), pursuant to which
the Company will be acquired by Banterra Corp. ("Banterra") by means of a
merger of Banterra Acquisitionco., Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of
Banterra, with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving
corporation, whereby, upon consummation of the merger, each share of Common
Stock of the Company will be converted into the right to receive $15.75 in
cash and each holder of an option to acquire Common Stock will be entitled
to receive $1.75 in cash multiplied by the number of shares covered by the
option, as set forth in detail in the accompanying Proxy Statement.

            / / FOR          / / AGAINST           / / ABSTAIN

2.   To transact such other business as may properly come before the
Special Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

             THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
                A VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL OF THE AGREEMENT.

     The undersigned hereby revokes any other proxies to vote at such
meeting and hereby ratifies and confirms all that the proxies and
attorneys-in-fact, or each of them, appointed hereunder may lawfully do by
virtue hereof.  Said proxies and attorneys-in-fact, without limiting their
general authority, are specifically authorized to vote in accordance with
their best judgment with respect to all matters incident to the conduct of
the Special Meeting.

     THIS PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER
DIRECTED HEREIN BY THE UNDERSIGNED SHAREHOLDER(S).  IF NO DIRECTION IS
GIVEN HEREIN, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" THE PROPOSAL LISTED ABOVE.

      PLEASE PROMPTLY COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND MAIL THIS PROXY.
                 RETURN USING THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED

             HEARTLAND BANCSHARES, INC. SPECIAL MEETING

Check appropriate box          Date______________     NO. OF SHARES
Indicate changes below:
     Address Change?  / /    Name Change?  / /


                                     _____________________________________

                                     _____________________________________
                                     When signing as attorney, executor,
                                     administrator, trustee or guardian,
                                     please give your full title. If
                                     more than one person holds the power
                                     to vote the same shares, all must
                                     sign.  All joint owners must sign.
                                     The undersigned hereby acknowledges
                                     receipt of the notice of Special
                                     Meeting and the Proxy Statement
                                     (with all enclosures and attachments),
                                     dated _______, 1999, relating to the
                                     Special Meeting.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission